WO2010090147A1 - Method for manufacturing electronic device and separation apparatus used therefor - Google Patents

Method for manufacturing electronic device and separation apparatus used therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010090147A1
WO2010090147A1 PCT/JP2010/051281 JP2010051281W WO2010090147A1 WO 2010090147 A1 WO2010090147 A1 WO 2010090147A1 JP 2010051281 W JP2010051281 W JP 2010051281W WO 2010090147 A1 WO2010090147 A1 WO 2010090147A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
support
peeling
knife
substrate
electronic device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2010/051281
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
研一 江畑
聡 近藤
泰則 伊藤
Original Assignee
旭硝子株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 旭硝子株式会社 filed Critical 旭硝子株式会社
Priority to JP2010549454A priority Critical patent/JP5360073B2/en
Priority to KR1020117007425A priority patent/KR101311652B1/en
Priority to CN201080002805.XA priority patent/CN102171745B/en
Publication of WO2010090147A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010090147A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/67005Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/67011Apparatus for manufacture or treatment
    • H01L21/67092Apparatus for mechanical treatment
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/1303Apparatus specially adapted to the manufacture of LCDs
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65HHANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H2301/00Handling processes for sheets or webs
    • B65H2301/50Auxiliary process performed during handling process
    • B65H2301/51Modifying a characteristic of handled material
    • B65H2301/511Processing surface of handled material upon transport or guiding thereof, e.g. cleaning
    • B65H2301/5112Processing surface of handled material upon transport or guiding thereof, e.g. cleaning removing material from outer surface
    • B65H2301/51122Processing surface of handled material upon transport or guiding thereof, e.g. cleaning removing material from outer surface peeling layer of material
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/007Manufacture or processing of a substrate for a printed circuit board supported by a temporary or sacrificial carrier
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K71/00Manufacture or treatment specially adapted for the organic devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K71/40Thermal treatment, e.g. annealing in the presence of a solvent vapour
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K71/00Manufacture or treatment specially adapted for the organic devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K71/80Manufacture or treatment specially adapted for the organic devices covered by this subclass using temporary substrates

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device and a peeling apparatus used therefor.
  • LCD liquid crystal display devices
  • OLED organic EL display devices
  • LCD liquid crystal display devices
  • electronic devices such as solar cells, thin film secondary batteries, and semiconductor wafers having a circuit formed on the surface are also required to be lighter and thinner.
  • thinning of substrates such as glass, resin, and metal used for electronic devices such as display devices has been promoted.
  • a glass substrate as a method for reducing the plate thickness, it is generally necessary to etch the outer surface of the glass substrate using chemical etching before or after the display device member is formed on the surface of the glass substrate. Depending on the method, a method of further physical polishing and thinning is performed.
  • the glass substrate is thinned by performing an etching process or the like before the electronic device member such as a display device is formed on the surface of the glass substrate, the strength of the glass substrate is reduced and the amount of deflection is increased. Therefore, the problem that it cannot process in the existing manufacturing line arises.
  • the glass substrate is thinned by performing an etching process or the like after forming the display device member on the surface of the glass substrate, the fineness formed on the surface of the glass substrate in the process of forming the display device member on the surface of the glass substrate. The problem of making obvious scratches, that is, a problem called edge pit occurs.
  • a thin glass substrate (hereinafter also referred to as “thin glass substrate”) is bonded to another supporting glass substrate to form a laminate, and the display is performed in that state.
  • a method of performing a predetermined process for manufacturing the apparatus and then separating the thin glass substrate and the supporting glass substrate has been proposed.
  • Patent Document 1 a product glass substrate and a reinforcing glass substrate are bonded and integrated using an electrostatic adsorption force or a vacuum adsorption force between glass substrates, and a display using the product glass substrate is used.
  • a method of manufacturing the device is described.
  • Patent Document 2 describes a manufacturing method of a liquid crystal display device in which end portions of a substrate and a support of a liquid crystal display device are bonded using a glass frit adhesive, and thereafter an electrode pattern or the like is formed.
  • Patent Document 3 describes a method for manufacturing a substrate for a display device, which includes a step of irradiating laser light to at least the vicinity of the edge surface of two glass substrates to fuse the two glass substrates.
  • Patent Document 4 a substrate is attached to a substrate transport jig having an adhesive layer provided on a support, and the substrate transport jig is transported through a manufacturing process of a liquid crystal display element.
  • a manufacturing method of a liquid crystal display device is described in which liquid crystal display element formation processing is sequentially performed on a substrate attached to a jig, and the substrate is peeled off from the substrate carrying jig after completing a predetermined process.
  • Patent Document 5 an electrode substrate for a liquid crystal display element is subjected to a predetermined processing on the electrode substrate for a liquid crystal display element using a jig in which an ultraviolet curable adhesive is provided on a support, and then an ultraviolet curable type is used.
  • Patent Document 6 describes a transport method in which a thin plate is temporarily fixed to a support plate with an adhesive material, a peripheral portion of the adhesive material is sealed with a seal material, and the support plate on which the thin plate is temporarily fixed is transported.
  • Patent Document 7 discloses a thin glass laminate obtained by laminating a thin glass substrate and a supporting glass substrate, in which the thin glass and the supporting glass are easily peelable and non-adhesive silicone.
  • a thin glass laminate characterized by being laminated via a resin layer is described.
  • Patent Document 8 describes a peeling device for peeling a plate-like body such as a glass substrate that is sucked and held on a suction sheet from the suction sheet.
  • Patent Document 1 a method for fixing glass substrates described in Patent Document 1 using electrostatic adsorption force or vacuum adsorption force
  • a method for fixing both ends of a glass substrate described in Patent Document 2 with glass frit a method for fixing both ends of a glass substrate described in Patent Document 2 with glass frit
  • Patent Document 3 In the method of merging two glass substrates by irradiating laser light near the end face of the peripheral portion described in the above, the glass substrates are laminated and adhered without any intermediate layer. Distortion defects occur in the glass substrate due to foreign matters such as dust. Therefore, it is difficult to obtain a glass substrate laminate having a smooth surface.
  • the peeling apparatus described in Patent Document 8 is an apparatus for peeling a glass substrate or the like that is adsorbed and held on an adsorbing sheet from an adsorbing sheet, and a supporting glass substrate and a thin glass substrate that are in close contact with each other through a resin layer It is difficult to peel the resin layer without damaging the thin glass substrate and without leaving the resin layer on the thin glass substrate.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above problems. In other words, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of substrate defects due to foreign matters such as bubbles and dust mixed between the substrates, and it can be processed in the existing production line without generating edge pits, and the adhered substrate and resin layer are damaged. It is an object of the present invention to provide a method for manufacturing an electronic device that can be easily separated in a short time without separation. Moreover, it aims at providing the peeling apparatus which can implement the manufacturing method of such an electronic device.
  • the present invention relates to the following (1) to (18).
  • the electronic device member including an operation of peeling the support substrate and the support made of the resin layer from the electronic device with a support to which the resin layer having easy peelability fixed to the main surface is in close contact
  • a method of manufacturing an electronic device comprising a substrate, comprising one main surface of two main surfaces of the electronic device with support, and a support that is peeled off in a peeling step that is a subsequent step.
  • Electronic device with support A peeling step of inserting a knife into an interface between the resin layer and the substrate of the support to be peeled, and peeling the support and the electronic device.
  • Production method. (2) In the peeling step, the knife inserted at the interface between the resin layer and the substrate is deformed by the action from the resin layer and / or the substrate, thereby further inserting the knife.
  • the knife rotates around its front end, and the rear end is a method on the fixed surface of the stage.
  • the knife is moved along the surface of the resin layer by moving in the direction parallel to the line, and the knife as a whole is also moved in at least one of the same parallel direction and the insertion direction.
  • the second main surface of the support substrate of the support to be peeled comprising a suction step of adsorbing a plurality of suction pads
  • the suction pad is moved in a peeling direction, which is a direction in which the resin layer and the substrate are peeled, and the support body
  • the peeling step is further closest to the place where the knife is inserted in the end face of the electronic device with support in the plurality of suction pads sucked on the second main surface of the support substrate.
  • the suction pad located is first moved in the peeling direction, the next suction pad is moved in the peeling direction, and thereafter the suction pad next to the suction pad moved in the peeling direction in the same manner.
  • the operation of moving in the peeling direction is sequentially performed, the support is peeled in the direction from the end where the knife is inserted toward the center, and further peeled toward the extension line.
  • the peeling step is a step of peeling the support and the electronic device while connecting a conductor to the support substrate and / or any part of the substrate and grounding to suppress charging.
  • the peeling step is a step of peeling the support and the electronic device while spraying a charge-eliminating substance between the support and the electronic device to control charging.
  • any of the above (1) to (8), wherein the peeling step is a step of inserting the knife into an interface between the resin layer and the substrate while detecting a load applied to the knife.
  • a method for manufacturing the electronic device according to claim 1. (10) The method of manufacturing an electronic device according to any one of (1) to (9), wherein the electronic device is a display device panel.
  • a first support substrate having a first main surface and a second main surface on a first main surface of a substrate having a first main surface and a second main surface and having a display device member on the second main surface.
  • a peeling device for peeling a support made of the support substrate and the resin layer from an electronic device with a support to which a resin layer having easy peelability fixed to a main surface is in close contact, the electron with a support A stage having a planar fixing surface that can be in close contact with the main surface of the device and fix the electronic device with support, a knife used to peel the support from the electronic device with support, and the stage The normal line on the fixed surface of the stage so that the knife is inserted into the interface between the resin layer and the substrate in the support to be peeled, on the end surface of the electronic device with the support fixed to
  • a peeling apparatus comprising a normal direction moving mechanism that moves the adjustment unit and the entire knife in the normal direction. (12) Further, a plurality of suction pads for sucking the second main surface of the support substrate of the support to be peeled in the electronic device with support fixed on the fixed surface of the stage, and the suction pads.
  • the pad moving unit first moves, in the peeling direction, the suction pad located closest to the place where the knife is inserted in the end surface of the electronic device with support among the plurality of suction pads. Next, the adjacent suction pad is moved in the peeling direction, and thereafter, similarly, the operation of moving the suction pad adjacent to the suction pad moved in the peeling direction to the peeling direction is sequentially performed.
  • the peeling device according to (12) further including a time control function of peeling the support in a direction from the end where the knife is inserted toward the center and further toward an extension line thereof.
  • the peeling apparatus according to any one of (11) to (13), further including an image processing apparatus for determining a position where the knife is inserted at an interface between the resin layer and the substrate. .
  • the electronic device is a display panel.
  • the present invention it is possible to suppress the occurrence of substrate defects caused by foreign matters such as bubbles and dust mixed between substrates, and to perform processing in an existing production line without generating edge pits. It is possible to provide a method of manufacturing an electronic device that can be easily separated and separated in a short time without damaging the layers. Moreover, the peeling apparatus which can implement the manufacturing method of such an electronic device can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 (a) to 1 (d) are schematic sectional views showing a preferred embodiment of the peeling apparatus of the present invention.
  • 2 (a) to 2 (d) are schematic sectional views showing another preferred embodiment of the peeling apparatus of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a part of a preferred embodiment of the peeling apparatus of the present invention.
  • 4 (a) and 4 (b) are a schematic top view and a schematic end view showing a preferred embodiment of the knife.
  • Fig.5 (a) is a schematic perspective view for demonstrating the support part of a knife
  • FIG.5 (b) and FIG.5 (c) are schematic top views.
  • FIGS. 6A to 6C are schematic perspective views for explaining the deformation of the knife at the time of peeling.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a preferred embodiment of the rotation mechanism.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic perspective view showing a preferred embodiment of the suction pad.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram schematically showing that the suction pad is sucked.
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram illustrating a suction pad control system.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic sectional drawing which shows the one aspect
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic plan view showing another aspect of the display device panel with a support.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic sectional drawing which shows another one aspect
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing still another embodiment of the display device panel with a support.
  • FIGS. 15A to 15C are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining a peeling method when a part of the fixed surface of the stage is a curved surface.
  • FIGS. 16A to 16C are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining a peeling method when the stage is a flexible member.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an example of a flow of a method for manufacturing a display device panel, which is an embodiment of the method for manufacturing an electronic device of the present invention.
  • the present invention comprises the production method and peeling device of the present invention.
  • the production method of the present invention can be preferably carried out using the peeling apparatus of the present invention.
  • the peeling apparatus of the present invention will be described with reference to two preferred embodiments.
  • the electronic device with a support used in the present invention is provided on the first main surface of the substrate having the first main surface and the second main surface and the electronic device member on the second main surface.
  • the easily peelable resin layer fixed to the first main surface of the support substrate having the first main surface and the second main surface is in close contact. That is, the electronic device with a support includes an electronic device member, a substrate, a resin layer, and a support substrate, which are laminated in this order.
  • the electronic device has an electronic device member and a substrate, and the electronic device member is formed on the second main surface of the substrate.
  • the electronic device with a support is a laminate in which a substrate, a resin layer, and a support substrate are stacked in this order, and two layers are stacked via an electronic device member, that is, a support substrate, a resin layer, a substrate, and an electronic device.
  • a member, a substrate, a resin layer, and a support substrate may be laminated in this order.
  • the electronic device refers to an electronic component such as a display panel, a solar cell, a thin film secondary battery, or a semiconductor wafer having a circuit formed on the surface.
  • the display device panel includes a liquid crystal panel, an organic EL panel, a plasma display panel, a field emission panel, and the like.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view of a peeling apparatus 1 which is a preferred embodiment of the peeling apparatus of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 1 (a) to 1 (d) are continuous views for explaining the movement of each part in the peeling apparatus 1 during peeling. The configuration of the peeling apparatus 1 is described with reference to FIG. 1 (a). explain. The movement of each part at the time of peeling will be described later.
  • the peeling apparatus 1 includes a stage 20, a knife 30, a normal direction moving unit 40, a fixed surface direction moving unit 42, and further includes a three-component force sensor 46. That is, the peeling device 1 is in close contact with the main surface of the display device panel 10 with a support and has a stage 20 having a flat fixing surface that can fix the display device panel 10 with a support, and the display device with a support. Interface between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate in the support to be peeled off at the end face of the panel 10 for display device with a support fixed to the stage 20 and the knife 30 used for peeling the support from the panel 10 In addition, a normal direction moving unit 40 for moving the knife 30 in a normal direction (vertical direction in FIG.
  • the knife 30 in the peeling device 1 is moved between the resin layer and / or the thin glass so that the knife 30 moves along the surface of the resin layer when inserted between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate. It has the property of being deformed by the action from the substrate.
  • the base member 2 and the stage 20 in the peeling apparatus 1 which is a preferred embodiment are fixed to the floor of the room where the peeling apparatus 1 is installed, and do not move.
  • the fixed surface 20a (see FIG. 3) of the stage 20 is a horizontal plane (that is, parallel to the floor of the room).
  • the base member 2 and the first fixed side member 42b of the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 are fixed, and similarly, the first moving side member 42a of the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 and the first in the fixed surface direction.
  • the second moving member body 5, the three-component force sensor 46, the third moving member body 4 in the normal direction, the third moving member body 4 and the knife 30 are fixed.
  • the peeling device 1 is a suction pad that sucks the second main surface of the support glass substrate 19 b in the display device panel 10 with a support. 60, a camera 70 used for inserting the knife 30 on the end face of the display device panel with a support, and a static elimination substance (water or the like) at the interface between the resin layer 18b and the thin glass substrate 12b on the support to be peeled off. And a charging suppression device 75 that suppresses charging of the display device panel 10 with a support by connecting the display device panel 10 with a support and the ground with a conductor. .
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic sectional view of a peeling device 11 which is another preferred embodiment of the peeling device of the present invention.
  • 2 (a) to 2 (d) are continuous views for explaining the movement of each part in the peeling apparatus 11 when peeling, and the configuration of the peeling apparatus 11 will be described with reference to FIG. 2 (a). explain. The movement of each part at the time of peeling will be described later.
  • the peeling device 11 has a portion in common with the peeling device 1 described above. The description of the part will be simplified.
  • the peeling apparatus 11 includes a stage 20, a knife 300, a normal direction moving unit 40, a fixed surface direction moving unit 42, an insertion angle adjusting unit 59 having a rotating mechanism 50 and a stopper 51, and a method.
  • a linear movement mechanism 44 and a three-component force sensor 46 That is, the peeling apparatus 11 includes the same stage 20 as the peeling apparatus 1, a normal direction moving unit 40, a fixed surface direction moving unit 42, and a three-component force sensor 46.
  • the knife 300 used for peeling the support from the display device panel 10 with the support, and the knife 300 are rotated by a predetermined angle (less than 180 degrees) around the tip, that is, the rotation is performed.
  • An insertion angle adjusting unit 59 having a rotation mechanism 50 that can move and move the rear end portion of the knife 300 in the normal direction, and a stopper 51 as an insertion angle setting mechanism that sets upper and lower limits of the insertion angle of the knife 300; Is provided with a normal direction moving mechanism 44 that can move in the normal direction.
  • the knife 300 in the peeling apparatus 11 has a property different from that of the knife 30 in the above-described peeling apparatus 1 and is not deformed. That is, like the knife 30, the knife 300 acts from the resin layer and / or the thin glass substrate so as to move along the surface of the resin layer when inserted between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate. It does not have the property of being deformed by.
  • the base member 2 and the stage 20 in the peeling apparatus 11 which is a preferred embodiment are fixed to the floor of the room where the peeling apparatus 11 is installed, and do not move.
  • the fixed surface of the stage 20 is a horizontal plane (that is, parallel to the floor of the room).
  • the base member 2 and the first fixed side member 42b of the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 are fixed.
  • the first moving side member 42a of the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 and the first fixed surface direction moving unit 42 are fixed.
  • the peeling device 11 is similar to the peeling device 1 in that the suction pad 60, the camera 70, the nozzle 73, and the charging suppression device. 75.
  • the peeling apparatus 1 and the peeling apparatus 11 include a stage 20.
  • the stage 20 in the peeling apparatuses 1 and 11 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing that the display device panel 10 with a support is fixed on the fixing surface 20 a of the stage 20 in the peeling devices 1 and 11.
  • the display device-equipped panel 10 has both main surfaces of the display device member 14 formed of a thin glass substrate (12a, 12b), a resin layer (18a, 18b), and a support glass substrate (19a, 19b). It is a thing of the aspect pinched
  • a display device panel 16 in a narrow sense, and each lamination of the resin layers 18a and 18b and the supporting glass substrates 19a and 19b.
  • the bodies are called supports 17a and 17b.
  • the support 17b to be peeled consists of a support glass substrate 19b and a resin layer 18b. Therefore, in a broad sense, the display device panel 16 and the support body 17a in a narrow sense may be integrally referred to as a display device panel.
  • the peeling devices 1 and 11 include a stage 20 having a porous vacuum suction plate 22 having a flat fixed surface, a display-equipped display device panel 10 fixed on the fixed surface of the stage 20, and a display with a support.
  • a knife 30 or a knife 300 is provided on the end face 10x of the apparatus panel 10 and inserted into the interface between the resin layer 18b and the thin glass substrate 12b in the support 17b to be peeled.
  • a suction pad 60 that sucks on the second main surface of the support glass substrate 19b in the display device panel 10 with a support
  • a camera 70 that includes an image processing device that is used to insert the knife 30 or the knife 300 on the end surface 10x.
  • a display device with a support by connecting a nozzle 73 for spraying a neutralizing substance to the interface between the resin layer 18b and the thin glass substrate 12b in the support to be peeled, the display-equipped display device panel 10 and the ground with a conductor.
  • a charging suppression device 75 that suppresses charging of the panel 10 is provided.
  • the porous vacuum suction plate 22 is connected to a pump 24, and is evacuated using the pump 24, and a support is provided on a fixed surface (upper surface in the stage 20 shown in FIG. 3) of the porous vacuum suction plate 22.
  • the second main surface of the supporting glass substrate 19a in the display device panel 10 is vacuum-adsorbed to fix the display device panel 10 with support.
  • the fixing surface of the stage means a flat surface that can be in close contact with the main surface of the display device-equipped panel 10 and can be fixed.
  • the stage is not particularly limited as long as it can hold and fix the display device panel with the support on its fixed surface, but as shown in FIG. 3, it is sucked and fixed by vacuum suction. It is preferable that This is because the surface of the panel for a display device with a support is hardly scratched, and can be detached in a short time.
  • the stage can hold the display device panel with a support by placing the support device display panel on the fixed surface, and the width (area) of the fixed surface on the support surface is fixed. It is preferable that it is the same extent as the main surface area of the thin glass substrate in a display panel for a display.
  • the fixed surface of the stage is a horizontal plane as shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, but is not limited to a horizontal plane and may be a curved surface.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining a peeling method when a part of the fixed surface of the stage 20 is a curved surface.
  • the knife 30 moves along the surface of the resin layer 18b to display the support 17b.
  • a trigger for separation from the device panel 16 is provided (FIG. 15B).
  • FIG. 15C the support 17b is sucked using the suction pad 82, and the support 17b and the display device panel 16 are peeled off. Since the fixed surface 20a of the stage 20 is a curved surface, the deformation of the support 17b can be suppressed smaller than that of the stage 20 having a fixed surface, and there is no possibility that the support 17b is broken during peeling.
  • the stage 20 may be a flexible member, and the entire surface may be peeled while being sequentially bent and deformed. FIG.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining a peeling method when the stage 20 is a flexible member.
  • the display device panel 10 with the support is fixed to the flexible stage 20 whose fixing surface is horizontal, the resin layer 18b (see FIG. 3) of the support 17b and the thin glass substrate 12b of the display device panel 16 (see FIG. 3).
  • the knife 30 moves along the surface of the resin layer 18b. This gives an opportunity to peel off (FIG. 16B).
  • the support 17b is sucked by using the suction pad 82, and the stage 20 is sucked by another suction pad 82 provided below the stage 20, thereby supporting the support 17b and the stage.
  • the support body 17b and the display device panel 16 are peeled off while sequentially bending and deforming 20. Since the stage 20 is made to be a flexible member and is peeled while being sequentially bent and deformed, the deformation of the support 17b can be kept small compared to a stage that is not deformed while the fixed surface remains horizontal. There is no risk of destruction.
  • the angle indicated by ⁇ represents the knife insertion angle. That is, the insertion angle ( ⁇ ) means the upper surface of the knife (if the knife is a two-stage blade as shown in FIG. 4 described later), and the support to be peeled off. This is an angle formed by the surface of the resin layer 18b of the body 17b.
  • the knife 30 and the knife 300 are used for peeling the support 17b from the display device panel 10 with a support. Insert into the interface and peel off.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic top view of the knife 30, and FIG. 4B is a schematic end view.
  • the size, shape and the like of the knife used in the present invention are not particularly limited, but the knife 30 which is a preferred embodiment has a size and shape as shown in FIG. That is, as shown in FIG. 4A, when viewed from above, the knife 30 has a rectangular shape with a width of 10 mm and a length of 100 mm.
  • thickness is 0.1 mm and it is a two-stage blade.
  • the tip portion 30a shown in FIG. 4 (b) constituting the two-stage blade is sharp and has an angle of 25 degrees when viewed from the end face, and the middle step portion 30b has an angle of 15 degrees, and the rear end portion 30c. Is flat.
  • the size of the knife 30 is 10 mm in width and 100 mm in length, but the size of the knife used in the present invention is preferably 5 to 50 mm in width and 30 to 200 mm in length.
  • the thickness is preferably 0.05 to 1.0 mm.
  • the angle formed by the tip 30a of the knife 30 is about 25 degrees, but when the knife used in the present invention is a two-stage blade, the angle formed by the tip is 20 to 30 degrees. preferable.
  • the angle formed by the middle step is preferably 10 to 20 degrees.
  • the curvature of the tip is not particularly limited, but the curvature radius is preferably 0.001 mm or more.
  • the knife used in the present invention is preferably a double-edged blade as shown in FIG. 4, but may be a single-edged blade.
  • the material of the knife 30 and the knife 300 is not particularly limited. Examples thereof include metals such as stainless steel, ceramics, plastics, and hard rubber. Also, it is inserted between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate and deforms when it receives some action (force) from the resin layer and / or thin glass substrate, and reversibly when the action is released. It is preferable that the material be released from the original shape after being deformed.
  • an elastic body such as rubber can be preferably exemplified, but a metal or the like behaves as an elastic body in a range where the action (force) applied to the knife is not large, and therefore can be preferably used.
  • the material is made of a material having a Young's modulus of about 1,000 to 400,000 N / mm 2 , preferably about 200,000 N / mm 2 .
  • Stainless steel has a Young's modulus of 206,000 N / mm 2 and can be preferably used.
  • the knife 30 of the peeling apparatus 1 is provided with specific bending rigidity [N ⁇ mm 2 ].
  • the bending rigidity (hereinafter referred to as “bending rigidity A”) with respect to the load applied to the upper surface (load in the thickness direction). to.) is a 5,000 N ⁇ mm 2 or less and preferably 200 N ⁇ mm 2 or less.
  • the shape of the knife 30 is, for example, as shown in FIG.
  • the bending rigidity with respect to the load in the width direction (the bending rigidity when a load is applied to the side (surface) in the length direction) ( hereinafter referred to as "bending stiffness B".) is a 200,000N ⁇ mm 2 or more, it is preferable that the 1,000,000N ⁇ mm 2 or more. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the bending rigidity A is 5,000 N ⁇ mm 2 or less and the bending rigidity B is 200,000 N ⁇ mm 2 or more.
  • the bending stiffness (bending stiffness A and bending stiffness B) here is the Young's modulus [N / mm 2 ] determined by the material of the knife, and the sectional moment [mm 4 ] determined by the sectional shape and the position of the neutral axis.
  • the knife 30 of the peeling apparatus 1 is provided with the bending rigidity A and B in the specific range as described above, when inserted between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate, along the surface of the resin layer. As it moves, it is deformed by the action from the resin layer and / or the thin glass substrate.
  • the knife 300 of the peeling apparatus 11 does not need to have the bending rigidity as the knife 30 has, but may have it.
  • FIG. 5A is a schematic perspective view of the knife 30 and the support portion 61 that supports the knife 30 in the peeling apparatus 1.
  • FIGS. 5B and 5C are schematic top views showing the movement of one arm 611 in FIG. 5A.
  • the support part 61 in FIG. 5 has two plate-like arms 611, and these are connected to the knife 30.
  • the arm 611 can be deformed so as not to disturb the deformation of the knife 30 itself when some force is applied to the knife 30.
  • the two arms 611 can be deformed so as to approach each other.
  • FIG. 5C it can be deformed so as to have an S shape when viewed from above.
  • the knife 30 is further supported by the support portion as described above, and therefore when the knife 30 is inserted between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate.
  • the support portion In order to move along the surface of the resin layer, it is more easily deformed by the action from the resin layer and / or the thin glass substrate. More specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 6 (in FIGS. 6A to 6C, the support portion 61 is omitted), a knife is provided between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate.
  • the knife 30 moves along the surface of the resin layer by deformation in its normal direction, and thereafter (FIG. 6C), the insertion direction.
  • the knife 300 of the peeling apparatus 11 does not have the bending rigidity that the knife 30 has, and does not have the support structure such as the support portion 61. Therefore, it is not deformed by the action from the resin layer or the thin glass substrate. Therefore, the peeling device 11 needs to include an insertion angle adjusting unit having a rotation mechanism and an insertion angle setting mechanism that the peeling device 1 does not have, and a normal direction moving mechanism.
  • the peeling apparatus of this invention has a knife provided with a deformability like the knife 30, and does not exclude having an insertion angle adjustment unit and a normal direction moving mechanism like the peeling apparatus 11. . Rather, depending on the deformability (degree of deformation), the knife may move more favorably.
  • the normal direction moving unit 40 in the peeling apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the peeling apparatus 11 also has a similar normal direction moving unit 40.
  • the normal direction moving unit 40 includes a second moving side member 40a and a second fixed side member 40b.
  • the second moving side member 40a and the second fixed side member 40b are connected via a cross roller guide (not shown), and a second moving side with respect to the second fixed side member 40b is driven by driving a servo motor (not shown).
  • the member 40a can be moved in the normal direction, and the knife 30 connected thereto can be moved in the normal direction.
  • the normal direction means a direction parallel to the normal on the fixed surface 20a of the stage 20 (see FIG. 3).
  • the normal direction is the vertical direction (vertical direction).
  • the knife 30 is provided at the interface between the resin layer 18b and the thin glass substrate 12b of the support 17b to be peeled, which is the end face of the display device panel 10 with the support fixed on the fixed surface 20a of the stage 20. The position can be adjusted so that can be inserted (see FIG. 3).
  • the normal direction moving unit is not particularly limited as long as it can move the knife to a desired position in the normal direction.
  • the peeling apparatus 11 includes an insertion angle adjustment unit 59 having a rotation (or rotation) mechanism 50 and a stopper 51 as an upper / lower limit setting mechanism.
  • the peeling apparatus 1 does not have an insertion angle adjustment unit.
  • the rotation mechanism 50 in the peeling apparatus 11 is demonstrated using FIG. 2 (a) and FIG.
  • the rotation mechanism 50 is configured such that the rotation shaft 54 and the knife 300 are connected via the bracket 52, and the rotation (or rotation) shaft 54 rotates (or rotates) by a predetermined angle. It is a mechanism that can rotate (or rotate) a predetermined angle.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining such a rotation mechanism 50, and is a view of a cross-section cut horizontally from the center of the rotation shaft 54.
  • the rectangular knife 300 has three sides fixed to the bracket 52, and the bracket 52 is also fixed to the rotating shaft 54. Therefore, the knife 300 is the same when the rotating shaft 54 rotates. Rotate to.
  • the rotating shaft 54 is supported by a bracket 58 via a resin sliding bush 56.
  • the bracket 58 is fixed to the third moving member main body 4 shown in FIG. Further, as shown in FIGS. 2A and 7, the tip of the knife 300 and the center of the rotating shaft 54 substantially coincide with each other. Therefore, the knife 300 can rotate around its tip.
  • the peeling device 11 has a stopper 51.
  • the stopper 51 is connected to the third moving member main body 4, and can be fixed in a desired position by moving in the normal direction (vertical direction) relative to the third moving member main body 4. Therefore, if fixed, the stopper 51 moves following the movement of the third moving member body 4 in the normal direction.
  • the upper limit or lower limit of the insertion angle ( ⁇ ) of the knife 300 can be adjusted.
  • the knife 300 does not rotate further in the direction in which the insertion angle ( ⁇ ) becomes larger, so an upper limit can be set. In this case, it is possible to rotate in the reverse direction (direction in which ⁇ decreases).
  • the insertion angle ( ⁇ ) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 5 degrees.
  • the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 in the peeling apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the peeling apparatus 11 also has a similar fixed surface direction moving unit.
  • the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 includes a first moving side member 42a and a first fixed side member 42b.
  • the first moving side member 42a and the first fixed side member 42b are connected via a cross roller guide (not shown), and a first moving side with respect to the first fixed side member 42b is driven by driving a servo motor (not shown).
  • the member 42a can be moved in the fixed surface direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 1A) that is parallel to the fixed surface of the stage 20, and the knife 30 connected thereto can be moved in the fixed surface direction. Then, the knife 30 can be moved between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate.
  • the fixed surface direction moving unit is not particularly limited as long as it can move the knife to a desired position in the fixed surface direction.
  • the normal direction moving mechanism 44 in the peeling apparatus 11 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the normal direction moving mechanism 44 includes a third moving side member 44a, a third fixed side member 44b, and a stopper 44c.
  • the third moving side member 44a and the third fixed side member 44b are connected via a cross roller guide (not shown), and the third moving side member 44a is in the normal direction (upward direction) with respect to the third fixed side member 44b. Can move freely.
  • the stopper 44c is connected to the second moving side member 40a of the normal direction moving unit 40, and is moved in the normal direction (vertical direction) relative to the second moving side member 40a to a desired position. It can be fixed with.
  • the stopper 44c moves following the movement in the normal direction (vertical direction) of the second moving side member 40a. With such a stopper 44c, the lowest position in the normal direction (vertical direction) of the knife 30 can be determined. By determining the position of the stopper 44c so as to support the lower surface of the second moving member main body 5, the knife 30 does not move downward. You can move up.
  • the normal direction moving mechanism is not particularly limited as long as the entire knife can move upward.
  • the load weight detection unit in the peeling apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the peeling apparatus 11 also has a similar load weight detection unit.
  • the peeling apparatus 1 includes a three-component force sensor 46 as a load-weighted detection unit for the knife 30 so as to be sandwiched between the third moving member body 4 and the second moving member body 5.
  • the peeling apparatus of the present invention preferably includes a load weight detection unit for such a knife. Moreover, it is preferable to prepare as close to the knife as possible. It is preferable that the peeling device of the present invention is provided with a load load detection device for a knife, since it can be peeled without applying an excessive force when the support is peeled off using the knife.
  • the peeling devices 1 and 11 include a plurality of suction pads 60 that are sucked to the second main surface of the supporting glass substrate 19b in the display device panel 10 with a support.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic perspective view showing a part of the peeling apparatuses 1 and 11. 8, the peeling devices 1 and 11 fix the display device panel 10 with a support substantially horizontally on the fixed surface of the stage 20, and the support 17b to be peeled off from the display device panel 10 with a support.
  • a number of suction pads 82 are sucking the second main surface of the support glass substrate 19b (see FIG. 3).
  • a plurality of suction pads 82 are arranged above the stage 20 to which the support-equipped display device panel 10 is fixed.
  • these suction pads 82 are arranged in a grid pattern on the frame 84.
  • the arrangements are not necessarily equal pitches.
  • the frame 84 is moved down along the guide 86 when the support is peeled off, and at a timing immediately before the suction pad 82 comes into contact with the upper surface of the support-equipped display device panel 10 (second main surface of the support glass substrate). The downward movement is stopped by a lifting device (not shown).
  • the appropriate size for example, ⁇ 25 to 80 mm, preferably ⁇ 25 to 65 mm, more preferably ⁇ 40 mm
  • the number of the suction pads 82 are the size and thickness of the display device panel 10 with the support. It is selected by etc.
  • the suction pad 82 is connected to a piston 89 of an independent air cylinder 88, and the suction pad 82 is moved up and down by the expansion and contraction of the piston 89.
  • the suction pad 82 is pressed and brought into contact with the display device panel 10 with the support, and the upper surface of the display device panel 10 with the support is sucked to the suction pad 82, and the suction pad 82 is lifted.
  • the support 17b support glass substrate 19b and resin layer 18b
  • Such an ascending operation of the suction pad 82 does not cause the suction pads 82 in the entire region of the display device panel 10 with the support to be lifted all at once, but from the end of the display device panel 10 with the support toward the center.
  • it is preferably controlled so as to move up in order.
  • it is preferable to adjust the raising distance of the suction pad according to the bending stress and size allowed for the support.
  • the suction pad may be raised in a direction having an angle with respect to the normal direction.
  • the suction pad is moved toward the center. It is preferable that the support is lifted so that the support can be peeled off more easily.
  • FIG. 9 is a top view of the upper surface of the display device panel with a support 10 (second main surface of the support glass substrate 19b), and shows a position where the suction pad 82 shown in FIG. 8 is sucked.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing a control system for the suction pad 82.
  • a knife is inserted in the lower right corner, and in the plurality (42 in FIGS. 8 and 9) of suction pads 82, the suction pad closest to the corner is the pad 82a, and the next (upper left) 2
  • Pads 82d to 82l are also labeled, such that one suction pad is the pad 82b and the three adjacent suction pads 82 (upper left) are the pads 82c.
  • the electromagnetic valves 87a to 87l are provided for the air cylinders 88a to 88l of the pads 82a to 82l as shown in FIG. Is provided, and the opening / closing timing of the electromagnetic valves 87a to 87l is time-controlled by the control unit (pad moving unit) 90. That is, the pads 82a to 82l are controlled so as to be moved upward at predetermined time intervals in order from the portion (corner) where the suction force is lost by inserting the knife 30 or the knife 300. That is, it has a time control function. As a result, it is possible to prevent the support from being damaged by forcibly raising the portion where the adsorption force remains. And it can raise and peel in order with progress of peeling of a support body from the edge part of the panel 10 for display apparatuses with a support toward the center, and can peel.
  • the air cylinders 88a to 88l of the pads 82a to 82l are connected to the air pump 83 via electromagnetic valves 87a to 87l and electropneumatic regulators 85a to 85l.
  • These electropneumatic regulators 85a to 85l are respectively controlled by the control unit 90. It is controlled. That is, the controller 90 controls each of the electropneumatic regulators 85a to 85l to gradually increase the amount of air supplied to the air cylinders 88a to 88l, thereby gradually increasing the ascending force of the suction pad 82.
  • the suction pad 82 is connected to a vacuum pump 77 via a valve 79 that is controlled to open and close by the control unit 90 and an electropneumatic regulator 78.
  • the regulator 78 controls the air pressure of the suction pad 82.
  • the timing of raising the suction pad 82 and the rising force can be set to an arbitrary value by the operator by operating a switch (not shown) such as a touch panel provided on the operation panel of the control unit 90.
  • the peeling devices 1 and 11 include a camera 70 equipped with an image processing device in order to determine a position where the knife 30 or the knife 300 is inserted in the end surface 10x of the display device panel 10 with a support.
  • the camera 70 captures the position information of the knife 30 or knife 300 as image data into the image processing apparatus, processes the image data, determines whether the position is a desired position, and moves the result in the normal direction. By feeding back to the unit 40, the knife 30 or the knife 300 can be moved to a desired position.
  • the camera including the image processing apparatus as described above is provided, and the position where the knife is inserted on the end face of the display device-equipped panel is determined by image processing.
  • the types of the camera and the image processing apparatus are not particularly limited, and conventionally known ones can be used.
  • the peeling apparatuses 1 and 11 include a nozzle 73 that can spray a charge-removing substance (water or the like) on the interface between the resin layer 18b of the support 17b to be peeled and the thin glass substrate 12b of the display device panel 16. (See FIG. 3).
  • a charge-removing substance water or the like
  • the resulting display panel may be charged. For example, a charged voltage of +10 kV may be exhibited. Therefore, the above-described charging can be suppressed by spraying a neutralizing substance at the time of peeling.
  • the neutralizing substance include ionized liquids and / or gases such as water and water vapor.
  • the air ionized with the pulse power supply device etc. and other gas are mentioned.
  • a spraying apparatus things (air etc.) other than the substance for static elimination can also be sprayed.
  • things (air etc.) other than the substance for static elimination can also be sprayed.
  • the same effect can be obtained even when the neutralizing substance is sprayed.
  • spraying water or a mixed fluid of water and air is preferable because it provides a static elimination action and a peeling promotion action.
  • a support body can be peeled from the panel 10 for display apparatuses with a support body using this.
  • the peeling devices 1 and 11 include a charging suppression device 75 for connecting the display device panel with support 10 and the ground with a conductor to suppress charging of the display device panel 10 with support, that is, for grounding. (See FIG. 3).
  • a charging suppression device 75 for connecting the display device panel with support 10 and the ground with a conductor to suppress charging of the display device panel 10 with support, that is, for grounding.
  • On the periphery of the surface (main surface) of the thin glass substrate in contact with the display device member for example, a guard ring made of a non-driving electrode film formed with a transparent electrode film to which a driving voltage is not applied is formed. It is preferable to connect the ring and the conductor for grounding.
  • the resulting display panel may be charged. For example, a charged voltage of +10 kV may be exhibited. Therefore, when the above-described charging suppression device is provided, the above charging can be suppressed.
  • the support can be preferably peeled from the display device panel 10 with the support
  • the fixing surface 20a of the stage 20 is a horizontal plane.
  • the fixing surface may not be a horizontal plane, that is, a plane parallel to the floor of the room. Good.
  • the surface may be a surface parallel to the vertical direction, or may be a surface that intersects obliquely therewith.
  • the direction in which the peeling apparatus of the present invention is installed is not limited at all.
  • the left and right and the top and bottom of the peeling device 1 and the peeling device 11 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 may be interchanged.
  • the normal direction moving unit 40 adjusts the position of the knife 30 in the normal direction (vertical direction). Specifically, by driving the servo motor, the second moving side member 40a is moved in the normal direction (vertical direction) of the fixed surface of the stage 20 with respect to the second fixed side member 40b, and is peeled off. The position is adjusted so that the knife 30 can be inserted into the interface between the surface of the resin layer 18b in the support and the first main surface of the thin glass substrate 12b.
  • the knife 30 is inserted by the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 and pushed in.
  • the knife 30 is inserted into the interface between the resin layer 18b and the thin glass substrate 12b in the insertion direction of the fixed surface and pushed in, as described with reference to FIGS. Is deformed.
  • the peeling apparatus 1 which is a suitable embodiment of the peeling apparatus of this invention can make the knife 30 perform such a motion, it can peel preferably a support body and the said panel for display apparatuses.
  • the insertion angle ( ⁇ ) of the knife 300 is adjusted. Specifically, the insertion angle ( ⁇ ) of the knife 300 is adjusted to a desired angle by rotating (turning) a predetermined angle around the rotation axis, and the stopper 51 is placed so as to contact the lower surface of the blanket 52. Thus, the insertion angle ( ⁇ ) can be fixed.
  • the normal direction moving unit 40 adjusts the position of the knife 300 in the normal direction (vertical direction). Specifically, by driving the servo motor, the second moving side member 40a is moved in the normal direction relative to the second fixed side member 40b, and the surface of the resin layer 18b and the thin plate in the support to be peeled off The position is adjusted so that the knife 30 can be inserted into the interface with the first main surface of the glass substrate 12b.
  • the knife 300 is inserted by the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 and pushed in.
  • the knife 300 rotates (rotates) by a predetermined angle around the front end 30a, and the rear end 30c rises.
  • the knife 300 is moved in the upward direction and / or the insertion direction of the fixed surface direction, and the knife 300 is moved along the surface of the resin layer and further pushed in (FIG. 2D). ). Since the peeling device 11 which is a preferred embodiment of the peeling device of the present invention can cause the knife 300 to move in this manner, the support and the display device panel can be preferably peeled off.
  • the display device panel can be obtained by fixing again on the fixed surface of the same stage or on the fixed surface of the stage of another peeling apparatus of the present invention and peeling the other support 17a. it can.
  • the frame 84 is moved downward, and the suction pad 82 is immediately before contacting the surface of the display device panel 10 with the support. Stop descending movement.
  • the piston 89 of the air cylinder 88 is extended, and the suction pad 82 is moved downward to be brought into pressure contact with the surface of the display device panel 10 with the support.
  • the air pressure of the suction pad 82 is controlled by the electropneumatic regulator 78, and the air pressure of the suction pad 82 is increased to the set pressure over a certain period of time. Thereby, all the suction pads 82 are attracted
  • the knife 30 (or knife 300) is inserted into the corner of the display device panel 10 with a support by the knife 30 (or knife 300).
  • the knife 30 or knife 300
  • the control unit 90 controls the electromagnetic valve 87a shown in FIG. 10, and the pad 82a that sucks and holds the corner portion of the support-equipped display device panel 10 shown in FIG. 9 is peeled off (in the normal direction).
  • the corners of the support 17b are peeled off from the display device panel.
  • control unit 90 controls the opening of the electromagnetic valve 87b in FIG. 10, and moves the pad 82b that sucks and holds the edge of the support 17b shown in FIG. 9 in the peeling direction to display the edge of the support 17b. Separated from the device panel 16 (see FIG. 3).
  • controller 87 controls the opening of the electromagnetic valve 87c of FIG. 10, moves the pad 82c shown in FIG. 9 upward in the peeling direction, and places the portion located inside the edge of the support 17b at the display device panel 16. Peel from. Thereafter, the support can be completely peeled from the display device panel in the same manner.
  • the display device-equipped panel used in the manufacturing method of the present invention has a first main surface, a second main surface, and a first main surface of a thin glass substrate having a display device member on the second main surface.
  • the easily peelable resin layer fixed to the first main surface of the supporting glass substrate having the first main surface and the second main surface is in close contact.
  • the electronic device is a display device panel, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • Other electronic devices include electronic components such as solar cells, thin film secondary batteries, and semiconductor wafers having a circuit formed on the surface.
  • the display device panel includes a liquid crystal panel, an organic EL panel, a plasma display panel, a field emission panel, and the like.
  • it is suitable for manufacturing a panel for a thin display device.
  • a single wafer manufacturing apparatus can be used as it is.
  • the thickness, shape, size, physical properties (thermal shrinkage, surface shape, chemical resistance, etc.), composition, etc. of the thin glass substrate in the display device panel with a support are not particularly limited.
  • a conventional LCD It may be the same as a glass substrate for a display device such as an OLED.
  • the thickness of the thin glass substrate is preferably less than 0.7 mm, more preferably 0.5 mm or less, and further preferably 0.4 mm or less. Further, it is preferably 0.05 mm or more, more preferably 0.07 mm or more, and further preferably 0.1 mm or more.
  • the shape of the thin glass is not limited, but is preferably rectangular.
  • the size of the thin glass is not limited, but for example, in the case of a rectangle, it may be 100 to 2000 mm ⁇ 100 to 2000 mm, and more preferably 500 to 1000 mm ⁇ 500 to 1000 mm.
  • the supporting glass substrate can be easily peeled off from the thin glass substrate in the peeling step in the production method of the present invention.
  • the heat shrinkage rate is preferably small.
  • the linear expansion coefficient which is an index of the thermal shrinkage rate, is preferably 500 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 / ° C. or less, more preferably 300 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 / ° C. or less, and 200 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 / ° C. More preferably, it is 100 ° C. ⁇ 7 / ° C. or less, and further preferably 45 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 / ° C. or less.
  • a linear expansion coefficient means a thing prescribed
  • the substrate is a thin glass substrate, but the present invention is not limited to this. From the viewpoint of industrial availability, glass plates, silicon wafers, metal plates, plastic plates and the like are preferable examples.
  • the composition of the thin glass substrate may be the same as that of alkali glass or non-alkali glass, for example. Among these, alkali-free glass is preferable because of its low thermal shrinkage rate.
  • the type is not particularly limited, for example, in the case of a transparent substrate, polyethylene terephthalate resin, polycarbonate resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyethylene naphthalate resin, polyacrylic resin, polysilicone resin, Examples thereof include transparent fluororesins.
  • a transparent substrate polyethylene terephthalate resin, polycarbonate resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyethylene naphthalate resin, polyacrylic resin, polysilicone resin
  • transparent fluororesins In the case of an opaque substrate, polyimide resin, fluorine resin, polyamide resin, polyaramid resin, polyether ketone resin, polyether ether ketone resin, various liquid crystal polymer resins, and the like are exemplified.
  • a metal plate is employed as the substrate, the type is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stainless steel plate and a copper plate.
  • the heat resistance of the substrate is not particularly limited, but it is preferable that the heat resistance is high when forming a TFT array of a display device member.
  • the 5% heating weight loss temperature is preferably 300 ° C. or higher. Furthermore, it is more preferable that it is 350 degreeC or more.
  • any of the above glass plates is applicable in terms of heat resistance.
  • Preferred plastic plates from the viewpoint of heat resistance include polyimide resin, fluororesin, polyamide resin, polyaramid resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyetherketone resin, polyetheretherketone resin, polyethylene naphthalate resin, and various liquid crystal polymer resins. Illustrated.
  • the substrate may be a laminate in which different materials are laminated, such as a glass plate, a silicon wafer, a metal plate, and a plastic plate.
  • a laminated body of a glass plate and a plastic plate a laminated body in which plastic plates, glass, and a plastic plate are laminated in order, two or more glass plates, or a laminated body of two or more plastic plates may be used.
  • the display device panel with a support has a display device member on the second main surface of the thin glass substrate.
  • the display device member is composed of a light emitting layer, a protective layer, a TFT array (hereinafter referred to as an array), a color filter, a liquid crystal, and ITO that are provided on the surface of a conventional glass substrate for a display device such as an LCD or OLED. It means various circuit patterns such as transparent electrodes.
  • the kind of member for display apparatuses on the 2nd main surface of the said thin glass substrate is not specifically limited.
  • the display device panel has such a display device member and the thin glass substrate.
  • a support glass substrate having a resin layer fixed thereon is in close contact with the first main surface of the thin glass substrate as a support.
  • the supporting glass substrate is in close contact with the thin glass substrate through the resin layer, and reinforces the strength of the thin glass substrate.
  • the supporting substrate is a supporting glass substrate, but the present invention is not limited to this. From the viewpoint of industrial availability, glass plates, silicon wafers, metal plates, plastic plates and the like are preferable examples.
  • a glass plate is employed as the support substrate, the thickness, shape, size, physical properties (thermal shrinkage, surface shape, chemical resistance, etc.), composition, etc. of the support glass substrate are not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the supporting glass substrate is not particularly limited, but it is necessary that the supporting glass substrate has a thickness that can be processed by the current production line. For example, the thickness is preferably 0.1 to 1.1 mm, more preferably 0.3 to 0.8 mm, and still more preferably 0.4 to 0.7 mm.
  • the thickness of the supporting glass substrate and the resin layer Together with the thickness is 0.4 mm.
  • the current production line is most commonly designed to process a glass substrate having a thickness of 0.7 mm.
  • the resin layer The thickness is 0.3 mm.
  • the thickness of the supporting glass substrate is preferably thicker than that of the thin glass substrate.
  • the shape of the supporting glass substrate is not limited, but is preferably rectangular.
  • the size of the supporting glass substrate is not limited, it is preferably about the same as the thin glass substrate, and is preferably slightly larger than the thin glass substrate.
  • each of the vertical direction or the horizontal direction is larger by about 0.05 to 10 mm. This is because the supporting glass substrate can be more easily separated from the thin glass substrate.
  • the supporting glass substrate may have a linear expansion coefficient that is substantially the same as or different from that of the thin glass substrate. Substantially the same is preferable in that the thin glass substrate or the supporting glass substrate is less likely to warp when subjected to the production method of the present invention.
  • the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the thin glass substrate and the supporting glass substrate is preferably 300 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 / ° C. or less, more preferably 100 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 / ° C. or less, and 50 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 / ° C. More preferably, it is not higher than ° C.
  • the composition of the supporting glass substrate may be the same as that of alkali glass or non-alkali glass, for example. Among these, alkali-free glass is preferable because of its low thermal shrinkage rate.
  • the type is not particularly limited.
  • polyethylene terephthalate resin, polycarbonate resin, polyimide resin, fluororesin, polyamide resin, polyaramid resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyetherketone resin, poly Examples include ether ether ketone resins, polyethylene naphthalate resins, polyacrylic resins, various liquid crystal polymer resins, and polysilicon resins.
  • the type is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stainless steel plate and a copper plate.
  • the heat resistance of the support substrate is not particularly limited, but it is preferable that the heat resistance is high when forming a TFT array of a display device member.
  • the 5% heating weight loss temperature is preferably 300 ° C. or higher. Furthermore, it is more preferable that it is 350 degreeC or more. In this case, any of the above glass plates is applicable in terms of heat resistance.
  • Preferred plastic materials from the viewpoint of heat resistance include polyimide resins, fluororesins, polyamide resins, polyaramid resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyetherketone resins, polyetheretherketone resins, polyethylene naphthalate resins, and various liquid crystal polymer resins. Illustrated.
  • the resin layer fixed to the first main surface of the supporting glass substrate is attached to and closely adhered to the first main surface of the thin glass substrate, but can be easily peeled off. That is, the resin layer has easy peelability from the thin glass substrate.
  • the resin layer and the thin glass substrate are not attached due to the adhesive force that the adhesive has, and the force caused by van der Waals force between solid molecules. That is, it is thought that it is attached by adhesion.
  • the thickness of the resin layer is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 to 30 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 7 to 20 ⁇ m. This is because when the thickness of the resin layer is in such a range, the thin glass substrate and the resin layer are sufficiently adhered. Moreover, even if bubbles or foreign substances are present, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of distortion defects in the thin glass substrate. On the other hand, if the resin layer is too thick, it takes time and materials to form the resin layer, which is not economical.
  • the resin layer may consist of two or more layers.
  • the thickness of the resin layer means the total thickness of all the layers.
  • the kind of resin which forms each layer may differ.
  • the surface tension of the surface of the resin layer relative to the first main surface of the thin glass substrate is preferably 30 mN / m or less, more preferably 25 mN / m or less, and 22 mN / m or less. Further preferred. This is because such surface tension can be more easily peeled off from the thin glass substrate, and at the same time, the close contact with the thin glass substrate becomes sufficient.
  • the resin layer is preferably made of a material having a glass transition point lower than room temperature (about 25 ° C.) or a material having no glass transition point.
  • the resin layer has heat resistance.
  • the glass laminate of the thin glass substrate, the resin layer, and the supporting glass substrate may be subjected to heat treatment. is there.
  • the adhesiveness with a thin glass substrate will become low when the elasticity modulus of a resin layer is too high, it is unpreferable. On the other hand, if the elastic modulus is too low, the easy peelability is lowered, which is not preferable.
  • the type of resin forming the resin layer is not particularly limited.
  • acrylic resin, polyolefin resin, polyurethane resin, and silicone resin can be used.
  • Several types of resins can be mixed and used.
  • silicone resins are preferred. This is because the silicone resin is excellent in heat resistance and preferably has a degree of easy peeling from a thin glass substrate. Moreover, it is because it is easy to fix to a support glass substrate by the condensation reaction with the silanol group of the 1st main surface of a support glass substrate.
  • the silicone resin layer is also preferable in that the easy peelability does not substantially deteriorate even when it is treated at, for example, about 300 to 400 ° C. for about 1 hour.
  • the resin layer is preferably made of silicone for release paper among silicone resins, and is preferably a cured product thereof.
  • the silicone for release paper is mainly composed of silicone containing linear dimethylpolysiloxane in the molecule.
  • the resin layer formed by curing the composition containing the main agent and the crosslinking agent on the surface (first main surface) of the supporting glass substrate using a catalyst, a photopolymerization initiator, etc. has excellent easy peelability. Since it has, it is preferable. Moreover, since the flexibility is high, even if foreign matters such as bubbles and dust are mixed between the thin glass substrate and the resin layer, the occurrence of distortion defects of the thin glass substrate can be suppressed.
  • Such release paper silicones are classified into condensation reaction type silicones, addition reaction type silicones, ultraviolet ray curable silicones, and electron beam curable silicones depending on the curing mechanism, and any of them can be used.
  • addition reaction type silicone is preferable. This is because the curing reaction is easy, the degree of easy peeling is good when the resin layer is formed, and the heat resistance is also high.
  • the silicone for release paper is classified into a solvent type, an emulsion type, and a solventless type, and any type can be used.
  • a solventless type is preferable. This is because productivity, safety, and environmental characteristics are excellent.
  • a solvent that causes foaming is not included at the time of curing when forming the resin layer, that is, at the time of heat curing, ultraviolet curing, or electron beam curing, bubbles are unlikely to remain in the resin layer.
  • release paper silicone specifically, commercially available products or model numbers are KNS-320A, KS-847 (both manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone), TPR6700 (manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicone), vinyl silicone.
  • KNS-320A, KS-847, and TPR6700 are silicones that contain a main agent and a crosslinking agent in advance.
  • the silicone resin forming the resin layer has a property that the components in the silicone resin do not easily migrate to the thin glass substrate, that is, low silicone migration.
  • the peeled support glass substrate and the support made of the silicone resin layer can be preferably reused.
  • this silicone resin layer tends to have a high residual adhesion rate. Therefore, reuse can be performed without problems.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic sectional drawing which shows the one aspect
  • a display device panel 110 with a support body includes a display device member 114, a thin glass substrate 112, a resin layer 118, and a support glass substrate 119, which are laminated.
  • the display device panel 116 includes a layered display device member 114 and a thin glass substrate 112, and the support member 117 includes a resin layer 118 and a support glass substrate 119.
  • the display device member 114 is formed on the second main surface of the thin glass substrate 112.
  • the first main surface of the thin glass substrate 112 and the surface of the resin layer 118 fixed to the first main surface of the support glass substrate 119 are adhered to each other to form a display device panel 110 with a support. ing.
  • the thin glass substrate 112, the resin layer 118, and the support glass substrate 119 have the same size.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic front view showing another aspect of the display device panel with a support
  • FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view (schematic cross-sectional view) taken along line AA ′.
  • the display device-equipped panel 120 includes a display device member 124, a thin glass substrate 122, a resin layer 128, and a support glass substrate 129, which are laminated.
  • the display device panel 126 includes a layered display device member 124 and a thin glass substrate 122
  • the support 127 includes a resin layer 128 and a support glass substrate 129.
  • the display device member 124 is formed on the second main surface of the thin glass substrate 122.
  • the first main surface of the thin glass substrate 122 and the resin layer 128 fixed to the first main surface of the support glass substrate 129 are in close contact with each other to form a display device panel 120 with a support. Yes.
  • 12 and 13 has a main surface area of the supporting glass substrate 129 larger than that of the thin glass substrate 122. 12 and 13 is also referred to as the “surface area” of the resin layer 128 (hereinafter referred to as the “surface area”). ) The area of the first main surface of the thin glass substrate 122 is larger. Since the gap portion 125 is formed, the surface area of the resin layer 128 is smaller than the area of the first main surface of the thin glass substrate 122.
  • the part (alpha) which is not in contact with the resin layer 128 in the 1st main surface of the thin glass substrate 122, and the part (beta) of the supporting glass substrate 129 which opposes it are the end surfaces of the display apparatus panel 120 with a support body of this invention ( A gap portion 125 connected to ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 2 ) is formed.
  • ⁇ shown in FIGS. 12 and 13 is preferably 0.1 to 5.0 mm, more preferably about 2.5 mm.
  • the display device panel with support supports both main surfaces of the display device member 134 with the thin glass substrates (132a, 132b) and the resin layers (138a, 138b).
  • a mode of sandwiching with a laminated body with glass substrates (139a, 139b) may be employed.
  • the display device panel 136 includes a layered display device member 134 and thin glass substrates 132a and 132b on both sides, and the supports 137a and 137b include resin layers 138a and 138b and support glass substrates 139a and 139b, respectively. Become. Even if it is such an aspect, it is a display apparatus-equipped panel which can be used by this invention.
  • the manufacturing method of a thin glass substrate and a support glass substrate is not specifically limited.
  • it can be produced by a conventionally known method.
  • it can be obtained by melting a conventionally known glass raw material to form a molten glass and then forming it into a plate shape by a float method, a fusion method, a down draw method, a slot down method, a redraw method or the like.
  • the method for forming the resin layer on the surface (first main surface) of the support glass substrate thus produced is not particularly limited.
  • the method of adhering a film to the surface of a support glass substrate is mentioned.
  • a method of performing a surface modification treatment to give a high adhesive force to the surface of the film and adhering to the first main surface of the supporting glass substrate can be mentioned.
  • Surface modification treatment methods include chemical methods such as silane coupling agents that chemically improve adhesion, physical methods such as flame (flame) treatment that increase surface active groups, and sandblast treatment. Examples thereof include a mechanical method for increasing the catch by increasing the surface roughness.
  • the method of coating the resin composition used as a resin layer on the 1st main surface of a support glass substrate by a well-known method for example is mentioned.
  • Known methods include spray coating, die coating, spin coating, dip coating, roll coating, bar coating, screen printing, and gravure coating. From such a method, it can select suitably according to a kind to a resin composition.
  • a solventless release paper silicone is used as the resin composition
  • a die coating method, a spin coating method or a screen printing method is preferred.
  • a portion where the gap is formed is masked in advance, and the resin composition is coated thereon. It is preferable to do.
  • Masking means that when a resin composition is coated, a removable film or the like is pasted on a portion where a gap is formed in advance so that the resin composition is not coated on that portion, and the film is peeled off later. Is the method.
  • the coating amount is preferably 1 to 100 g / m 2 , and more preferably 5 to 20 g / m 2 .
  • a resin composition containing a silicone (main agent) containing linear dimethylpolysiloxane in the molecule, a crosslinking agent and a catalyst It coats on a support glass substrate by well-known methods, such as a spray coat method, and makes it heat-harden after that.
  • the heating and curing conditions vary depending on the blending amount of the catalyst. For example, when 2 parts by weight of a platinum-based catalyst is blended with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total amount of the main agent and the cross-linking agent, The reaction is preferably carried out at 100 ° C to 200 ° C. In this case, the reaction time is 5 to 60 minutes, preferably 10 to 30 minutes.
  • the curing reaction In order to obtain a silicone resin layer having a low silicone migration property, it is preferable to allow the curing reaction to proceed as much as possible so that an unreacted silicone component does not remain in the silicone resin layer, but at such a reaction temperature and reaction time. When it exists, it is possible to prevent an unreacted silicone component from remaining in the silicone resin layer, which is preferable. If the reaction time is too long or the reaction temperature is too high, the silicone resin is simultaneously oxidized and decomposed to produce a low molecular weight silicone component, which may increase the silicone transferability. It is preferable to allow the curing reaction to proceed as much as possible so that an unreacted silicone component does not remain in the silicone resin layer in order to improve the peelability after the heat treatment.
  • a thin glass substrate is laminated on the surface of the resin layer.
  • the resin layer is manufactured using the release paper silicone
  • the release paper silicone coated on the support glass substrate is heat-cured to form a silicone resin layer, and then the thin glass is formed on the silicone resin formation surface of the support glass substrate.
  • the silicone for release paper by heating, the cured silicone resin is chemically bonded to the supporting glass. Further, the silicone resin layer is bonded to the supporting glass by the anchor effect. By these actions, the silicone resin layer is firmly fixed to the supporting glass substrate.
  • the thin glass substrate and the resin layer are in close contact with the resin layer by a force caused by Van der Waals force between the solid molecules that are very close to each other, that is, an adhesive force.
  • the supporting glass substrate and the thin glass substrate can be held in a laminated state.
  • the method for laminating the thin glass substrate on the surface of the resin layer fixed to the supporting glass substrate is not particularly limited. For example, it can implement using a well-known method. For example, after laminating a thin glass substrate on the surface of the resin layer under a normal pressure environment, a method of pressure bonding the resin layer and the thin glass substrate using a roll or a press can be mentioned. It is preferable because the resin layer and the thin glass substrate are more closely adhered by pressure bonding with a roll or a press. Further, it is preferable because bubbles mixed between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate are easily removed by pressure bonding with a roll or a press.
  • the surface of the thin glass substrate is sufficiently washed and laminated in a clean environment. This is because even if foreign matter is present, the flatness of the surface of the thin glass substrate is not affected by the deformation of the resin layer, but the higher the cleanness, the better the flatness and the better.
  • a display device member is formed on the main surface.
  • an array or a color filter included in the LCD can be mentioned.
  • a transparent electrode, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, a light emitting layer, and an electron transport layer included in the OLED can be given.
  • a method for forming such a display device member is not particularly limited, and may be the same as a conventionally known method.
  • a process of forming an array on a conventionally known glass substrate, a process of forming a color filter, and a glass substrate on which the array is formed and a glass substrate on which the color filter is formed are bonded together. It may be the same as various steps such as a step (array color filter bonding step). More specifically, examples of the processing performed in these steps include pure water cleaning, drying, film formation, resist coating, exposure, development, etching, and resist removal. Further, as a process performed after performing the bonding process of the array side substrate and the color filter side substrate, there are a liquid crystal injection process and an injection port sealing process performed after the process, and these processes are performed. Processing.
  • a process for forming an organic EL structure on the first main surface of a thin glass substrate a process of forming a transparent electrode, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, Various processes such as a process for depositing a light emitting layer / electron transport layer and the like, a sealing process, and the like are performed. Specifically, for example, a film forming process, a vapor deposition process, and an adhesion of a sealing plate are performed. Processing and the like.
  • a panel for a display device with a support that can be used in the present invention can be manufactured.
  • a first main surface and a second main surface are formed on a first main surface of a thin glass substrate having a first main surface and a second main surface and having a display device member on the second main surface.
  • a display device panel manufacturing method comprising: one main surface of the two main surfaces of the support-equipped display device panel, wherein the support is peeled off in a subsequent peeling step
  • a method for manufacturing a panel for a display device comprising: one main surface of the two main surfaces of the support-equipped display device panel, wherein the support is peeled off in a subsequent peeling step
  • the manufacturing method of this invention comprises the said fixing process and the said peeling process
  • this fixing process and the peeling process can be preferably implemented with the above-mentioned peeling apparatus of this invention.
  • the fixing step and the peeling step can be performed by the above-described peeling method.
  • the panel for display apparatuses can be obtained by applying the said fixing process and the said peeling process to the panel for display apparatuses with a support body obtained by said method.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an example of a flow of a method for manufacturing a display device panel, which is an embodiment of the method for manufacturing an electronic device of the present invention.
  • the manufacturing method of the display device panel of the present invention shown in FIG. 17 will be described based on the case where the peeling device of the present invention shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 is used.
  • step S100 the support-equipped display device panel 10 is prepared, for example, as described above.
  • the process proceeds to step 110 for fixing the display device-equipped panel.
  • the panel for display device with a step support 10 is brought into close contact with the fixing surface of the stage 20 in step S112.
  • step S114 the display device panel 10 with the step support, which is in close contact, is fixed to the fixed surface of the stage 20 by vacuum suction.
  • step S120 two first and second peeling methods of the peeling method (No. 1) and the peeling method (No. 2) described above are applied. Of course, it is needless to say that only one peeling method may be performed.
  • the first peeling method (see FIG. 1) of the peeling step S120 first, in step S122, the interface between the resin layer of the support for the display device panel 10 with a step support and the thin glass substrate of the display device panel is provided. The insertion position (height) of the knife 30 is adjusted.
  • step S124 the knife 30 is inserted and pushed into the interface between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate.
  • step S126 the knife 30 is moved in the insertion direction to peel off the support.
  • step S132 the resin layer of the support body of the display device panel 10 with the step support body and the thin glass substrate of the display device panel are used.
  • the insertion angle and insertion position (height) of the knife 300 are adjusted with respect to the interface.
  • step S134 the knife 300 is inserted and pushed into the interface between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate.
  • step S136 the knife 300 is rotated (rotated) by a predetermined angle about the center of the tip, and moved upward and / or in the insertion direction to peel off the support.
  • the display device panel is manufactured in step S140 by peeling the support from the display device-equipped display device panel 10 in the peeling step S120.
  • the supporting glass substrate can be easily separated even when the supporting glass substrate is large, for example, 730 ⁇ 920 mm.
  • the desired process includes a process of dividing into cells of a desired size, a process of injecting liquid crystal and then sealing the injection port, a process of attaching a polarizing plate, and a module forming process. It is done.
  • the desired process includes a process of dividing into cells of a desired size, a process of injecting liquid crystal and then sealing the injection port, a process of attaching a polarizing plate, and a module forming process. It is done.
  • the steps applicable to the case of LCD there is a step of assembling a thin glass substrate on which an organic EL structure is formed and a counter substrate. Note that the step of dividing into cells of a desired size is preferably performed by a laser cutter because the strength of the thin glass substrate is not reduced by the cutting process and no cullet is produced.
  • the display device After obtaining the display device panel by the manufacturing method of the present invention as described above, the display device can be obtained by further subjecting it to a conventionally known process.
  • Such a method for manufacturing a display device is suitable for manufacturing a small display device used for a mobile terminal such as a mobile phone or a PDA.
  • the display device is mainly an LCD or an OLED, and the LCD includes a TN type, STN type, FE type, TFT type, MIM type, IPS type, VA type, and the like.
  • the present invention can be applied to both passive drive type and active drive type display devices.
  • a method for producing a panel for a display device with a support that can be used in the present invention will be described.
  • a thin glass substrate and a supporting glass substrate are prepared, and these surfaces are cleaned. Examples of cleaning include pure water cleaning and UV cleaning.
  • a resin layer is formed on the first main surface of the supporting glass substrate.
  • a silicone resin is coated on the first main surface of the supporting glass substrate using a screen printer. And it heat-hardens, forms a resin layer on the 1st main surface of a support glass substrate, and obtains the support glass substrate to which the resin layer was fixed.
  • the resin layer and the first main surface of the sheet glass are attached and bonded together.
  • the resin layer and the thin glass substrate can be bonded together by vacuum pressing at room temperature.
  • the glass laminated body which is a laminated body of a supporting glass substrate, a resin layer, and a thin glass substrate can be obtained.
  • the 2nd main surface of the thin glass substrate in a glass laminated body may be grind
  • the member for display apparatuses is formed in the 2nd main surface of the thin glass substrate in each glass laminated body.
  • One glass laminate is subjected to a known color filter forming step to form a color filter array on the second main surface of the thin glass substrate.
  • the other glass laminate is subjected to a known array forming process to form a TFT array on the second main surface of the thin glass substrate.
  • Two panels for a display device with a support can be manufactured by such a method.
  • the panel for a display device with a support having the color filter array obtained here is also referred to as “panel x with support”
  • the panel with a support having the TFT array is also referred to as “panel y with support”.
  • the panel x with support and the panel y with support manufactured as described above are further processed by, for example, the following methods 1 to 4 to manufacture a panel for a display device. .
  • the liquid crystal injection hole of the support-equipped panel z1 is sealed.
  • the outer side may be further sealed using an ultraviolet curable water-soluble sealant or the like.
  • the panel z1 with a support after sealing is used for the peeling process in the manufacturing method of this invention.
  • the stage 20 in the peeling apparatus 1 or the peeling apparatus 11 which is the peeling apparatus of the present invention is fixed so that the main surface with the support to be peeled is on the top and the opposite main surface is on the bottom.
  • a knife is inserted into an arbitrary portion at the end of the adhesion interface between the first main surface of the thin glass substrate and the resin layer to form a gap.
  • the support and the thin glass substrate are peeled and separated. be able to.
  • two support bodies can be peeled by changing the upper and lower sides of the panel z1 with a support body and processing similarly.
  • the display device panel thus obtained is also referred to as “panel w1” below.
  • the two supports separated by separation can be reused for the production of another panel with support.
  • the panel w1 is cut into individual cells.
  • liquid crystal is injected into the cut individual cells and then sealed to form a liquid crystal cell.
  • a polarizing plate is further attached to form a backlight and the like, and the LCD 1 can be obtained.
  • the panel with support z2 is subjected to a peeling step in the production method of the present invention.
  • the stage 20 in the peeling apparatus 1 or the peeling apparatus 11 which is the peeling apparatus of the present invention is fixed so that the main surface with the support to be peeled is on the top and the opposite main surface is on the bottom.
  • a knife is inserted into an arbitrary portion at the end of the adhesion interface between the first main surface of the thin glass substrate and the resin layer to form a gap.
  • the support and the thin glass substrate are peeled and separated. be able to.
  • two support bodies can be peeled by changing the upper and lower sides of panel z2 with a support body, and processing similarly.
  • the display device panel thus obtained is hereinafter also referred to as “panel w2”.
  • the two supports separated by separation can be reused for the production of another panel with support.
  • the panel w2 is cut into individual cells. Then, a polarizing plate is further attached to form a backlight and the like, and the LCD 2 can be obtained.
  • the panel z3 with a support is subjected to a peeling process.
  • the stage 20 in the peeling apparatus 1 or the peeling apparatus 11 which is the peeling apparatus of the present invention is fixed so that the main surface with the support to be peeled is on the top and the opposite main surface is on the bottom.
  • a knife is inserted into an arbitrary portion at the end of the adhesion interface between the first main surface of the thin glass substrate and the resin layer to form a gap.
  • the support and the thin glass substrate are peeled and separated. be able to.
  • two support bodies can be peeled by changing the upper and lower sides of panel z3 with a support body, and processing similarly.
  • the display device panel thus obtained is also referred to as “panel w3” below.
  • a polarizing plate is further attached to form a backlight and the like, and the LCD 3 can be obtained.
  • the liquid crystal injection hole of the support-equipped panel z4 is sealed.
  • the outer side may be further sealed using an ultraviolet curable water-soluble sealant or the like.
  • the panel z4 with a support body after sealing is used for a peeling process.
  • the stage 20 in the peeling apparatus 1 or the peeling apparatus 11 which is the peeling apparatus of the present invention is fixed so that the main surface with the support to be peeled is on the top and the opposite main surface is on the bottom.
  • a knife is inserted into an arbitrary portion at the end of the adhesion interface between the first main surface of the thin glass substrate and the resin layer to form a gap.
  • the support and the thin glass substrate are peeled and separated. be able to.
  • two support bodies can be peeled by changing the upper and lower sides of panel z4 with a support body, and processing similarly.
  • the panel obtained by separating the two supports is also referred to as “panel w4”.
  • liquid crystal is injected into the cell of the panel w4 and then sealed. Further, an LCD 4 can be obtained by attaching a polarizing plate and forming a backlight and the like.
  • the display device panel having the display device member on the surface (second main surface) of the substrate has been described as a representative example of the electronic device of the present invention.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the solar cell having the surface (second main surface) of the substrate, the member for a solar cell, the member for a thin film secondary battery, and the member for an electronic device such as an electronic component circuit, the thin film 2 Of course, it may be an electronic device such as a secondary battery or an electronic component.
  • a transparent electrode such as positive electrode tin oxide, a silicon layer represented by p layer / i layer / n layer, a metal of the negative electrode, and the like can be cited.
  • a transparent electrode such as a metal or a metal oxide of a positive electrode and a negative electrode, a lithium compound of an electrolyte layer, a metal of a current collecting layer, a resin as a sealing layer, etc.
  • various members corresponding to nickel hydrogen type, polymer type, ceramic electrolyte type and the like can be mentioned.
  • a circuit for an electronic component in a CCD or CMOS, a metal of a conductive part, a silicon oxide or a silicon nitride of an insulating part, and the like, various sensors such as a pressure sensor and an acceleration sensor, a rigid printed board, a flexible printed board And various members corresponding to a rigid flexible printed circuit board.
  • a supporting glass substrate (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., AN100, non-alkali glass substrate) having a length of 720 mm, a width of 600 mm, a thickness of 0.4 mm, and a linear expansion coefficient of 38 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 / ° C. is washed with pure water and UV washed. And cleaned.
  • a solvent-free addition reaction type release paper silicone manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone, KNS-320A, viscosity: 0.40 Pa ⁇ s, 100 parts by mass and a platinum-based catalyst (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone, CAT) -PL-56)
  • the mixture with 2 parts by mass was coated with a screen printer with a size of 705 mm in length and 595 mm in width (coating amount 30 g / m 2 ).
  • this was heat-cured at 180 ° C. for 30 minutes in the air to obtain a silicone resin layer having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m on the surface of the supporting glass substrate.
  • the side to be brought into contact with the silicone resin layer of a thin glass substrate (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., AN100, alkali-free glass substrate) having a length of 715 mm, a width of 595 mm, a thickness of 0.3 mm, and a linear expansion coefficient of 38 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 / ° C.
  • a glass laminate glass laminate A1
  • stacking of the thin glass substrate were performed so that the clearance gap of 15 mm in depth might be formed in the edge part of a glass laminated body.
  • both glass substrates were in close contact with the silicone resin layer without generating bubbles, and there was no distortion defect and smoothness was good.
  • the glass substrate A1 was further heat-treated in the atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a glass laminate A2. It was confirmed that the resin layer of the glass laminate A2 was not deteriorated by heat and the heat resistance was good.
  • ⁇ Peel test 1> The second main surface side of the thin glass substrate of the glass laminate A1 is fixed on the porous vacuum suction plate by using the peeling apparatus 1 described with reference to FIG. 1, and the second surface of the opposite surface, that is, the supporting glass substrate is fixed. A vacuum suction pad (40 mm ⁇ ) was sucked and held on the main surface side. Next, a knife (thickness: 0.10 mm, length: 100 mm, width: 10 mm, made of stainless steel, bending rigidity A: 170 N ⁇ mm 2 , bending rigidity B: 1,720,000 N ⁇ mm 2 ) is used for the glass laminate A1.
  • the first main surface of the thin glass substrate is placed on the end surface (one of the four corners) and the end surface, and the knife is slid while the surface of the resin layer is slightly in contact with the fixed surface direction moving unit. And was inserted at an interface of approximately 20 mm to form a void.
  • the vacuum suction pad was raised in order from the end of the display device panel with a support toward the center, along with the progress of the peeling of the support. At this time, the pull-up distance of the suction pad was 10 mm.
  • ⁇ Peeling test 2> The second main surface side of the thin glass substrate of the glass laminate A1 is fixed on the porous vacuum suction plate using the peeling device 11 described with reference to FIG. A vacuum suction pad (40 mm ⁇ ) was sucked and held on the main surface side. Next, a knife (thickness: 0.40 mm, length: 100 mm, width: 10 mm, made of stainless steel, bending rigidity A: 11000 N ⁇ mm 2 , bending rigidity B: 6,870,000 N ⁇ mm 2 ) is used for the glass laminate A1.
  • the first main surface of the thin glass substrate is placed on the end surface (one of the four corners) and the end surface, and the knife is slid while the surface of the resin layer is slightly in contact with the fixed surface direction moving unit. And was inserted at an interface of approximately 20 mm to form a void.
  • the vacuum suction pad was raised in order from the end of the display device panel with a support toward the center, along with the progress of the peeling of the support. At this time, the pull-up distance of the suction pad was 10 mm.
  • a knife (thickness: 0.10 mm, length: 100 mm, width: 10 mm, made of stainless steel) was placed on the corner (one of the four corners) and end face of the glass laminate A1, and the knife was inserted into the interface with the first main surface of the thin glass substrate while sliding the surface of the resin layer slightly in contact with the fixed surface direction moving unit, and was inserted approximately 20 mm to form a void.
  • the insertion was performed while spraying a static eliminating fluid on the interface from an ionizer (manufactured by Keyence Corporation).
  • the vacuum suction pad was pulled up while spraying a static eliminating fluid continuously from the ionizer toward the formed gap.
  • the charged voltage of the thin glass substrate after peeling was +0.2 kV.
  • Exfoliation test 4 was done by the same method as above-mentioned exfoliation test 1 except having used glass layered product A2. Without damage to the glass laminate A2, the supporting glass substrate and the thin glass substrate were separated and separated.
  • Peeling was performed without using any of the peeling device 1 and the peeling device 11.
  • About said glass laminated body A1 on the surface of the resin layer formed in the corner
  • the glass was inserted into the interface with the first main surface of the thin glass substrate while being slightly slid and moved as it was to separate the supporting glass from the thin glass without damaging the glass laminate A1.
  • the charged voltage of the thin glass plate after the separation was +10 kV.
  • Example 2 a laminate B was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the substrate was changed to a polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate having a thickness of 0.1 mm, and a test similar to the peel test 3 was performed. As a result, the support body and the polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate could be peeled without damage to the laminate B.
  • the charged voltage of the polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate after peeling was +0.3 kV.
  • Example 3 a laminate C was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the substrate was changed to a stainless steel (SUS304) substrate having a mirror finish with a thickness of 0.1 mm, and a test similar to the peel test 3 was performed. went. As a result, the support and the stainless steel substrate could be peeled off without damaging the laminate C.
  • the charged voltage of the stainless steel substrate after peeling was +0.02 kV.
  • Example 4 a laminate D was prepared and peeled in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the support substrate was changed to a polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate having a thickness of 1 mm and the substrate was changed to a polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate having a thickness of 0.1 mm.
  • a simulation experiment was performed in which the same test as test 3 was performed. As a result, the support and the polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate could be peeled without damage to the laminate D.
  • the charged voltage of the polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate after peeling was +0.5 kV.
  • Example 5 the laminated body is the same as in Example 1 except that the supporting substrate is changed to a silicon wafer substrate having a thickness of 1 mm and a diameter of 6 inches, and the substrate is changed to a silicon wafer substrate having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a diameter of 6 inches.
  • a simulation experiment was performed in which E was prepared and the same test as the peel test 3 was performed. As a result, the support body and the silicon wafer substrate could be peeled off without damaging the laminate E.
  • the charged voltage of the silicon wafer substrate after peeling was +0.05 kV.
  • Example 6 a laminate F was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the support substrate was changed to a polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate having a thickness of 1 mm and the substrate was changed to a thin glass substrate having a thickness of 0.1 mm, and a peel test was performed. A simulation experiment was performed in which the same test as in No. 3 was performed. As a result, the support and the thin glass substrate could be peeled off without damaging the laminate F. The charged voltage of the thin glass resin substrate after peeling was +0.2 kV.
  • Example 7 a laminate G was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the substrate was changed to a polyimide resin substrate having a thickness of 0.05 mm (manufactured by Toray DuPont, Kapton 200HV). The test was conducted. As a result, the support body and the polyimide resin substrate could be peeled without damage to the laminate G. The charged voltage of the polyimide resin substrate after peeling was +0.2 kV.
  • a glass substrate (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., AN100, non-alkali glass substrate) having a length of 350 mm, a width of 300 mm, a thickness of 0.08 mm, and a linear expansion coefficient of 38 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 / ° C. Clean the surface by washing with an alkaline detergent, and spray the surface with a 0.1% methanol solution of ⁇ -mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, followed by drying at 80 ° C for 3 minutes to prepare a glass film for lamination did.
  • a plasma-treated surface of a polyimide substrate manufactured by Toray DuPont, Kapton 200HV having a length of 350 mm, a width of 300 mm, and a thickness of 0.05 mm was prepared. And it laminated
  • the thin glass substrate was changed to the glass / resin laminated substrate described above, and the surface opposite to the laminated surface of the resin substrate with the glass substrate was changed to the laminated surface with the support.
  • a laminate H was prepared in the same manner as described above, and the same test as the peel test 3 was performed. As a result, the support and the glass / resin laminate film substrate could be peeled off without damaging the laminate H.
  • the charged voltage of the glass / resin laminated film substrate after peeling was +0.2 kV.
  • the present invention it is possible to suppress the occurrence of substrate defects caused by foreign matters such as bubbles and dust mixed between substrates, and to perform processing in an existing production line without generating edge pits. It is possible to provide a method of manufacturing an electronic device that can be easily separated and separated in a short time without damaging the layers. Moreover, the peeling apparatus which can implement the manufacturing method of such an electronic device can be provided.

Abstract

Provided are a method for manufacturing an electronic device and a separation apparatus used therefore, wherein a substrate and a resin layer closely connected thereto can be easily separated and removed within a short space of time without damage. When a support (17b) comprised of a support substrate (19b) and a resin layer (18b) is separated from a support-provided electronic device (10) which has a substrate (12b) having an electronic device member (14) and a resin layer (18b) which is secured to a support substrate (19b) and which is closely connected to the substrate (12b), a main surface on which a substrate (17b) to be separated later is not mounted is closely connected to a securing surface (20a) of a stage (20) to secure the support-provided electronic device (10), and a knife (30) is inserted between interfaces of the resin layer (18b) and the substrate (12b) of the support (17b) to be separated, at an end surface of the support-provided electronic device (10) secured to the stage (20) to thereby separate the support (17b) and an electronic device (16).

Description

電子デバイスの製造方法およびこれに用いる剥離装置Manufacturing method of electronic device and peeling apparatus used therefor
 本発明は、電子デバイスの製造方法およびこれに用いる剥離装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device and a peeling apparatus used therefor.
 近年、液晶表示装置(LCD)、有機EL表示装置(OLED)が表示装置として広く利用されている。特にモバイルや携帯電話等の携帯型表示装置の分野では、表示装置の軽量化、薄型化が求められている。
 同様に、太陽電池、薄膜2次電池、表面に回路が形成された半導体ウェハなどの電子デバイスも軽量化、薄型化が求められている。
 これに対応するために、表示装置など電子デバイスに用いるガラス、樹脂、金属などの基板の薄板化がすすんでいる。
 ガラス基板の場合、板厚を薄くする方法としては、一般に、表示装置用部材をガラス基板の表面に形成する前または形成した後に、化学エッチングを用いてガラス基板の外表面をエッチング処理し、必要に応じて、さらに物理研磨して薄くする方法が行われる。
In recent years, liquid crystal display devices (LCD) and organic EL display devices (OLED) have been widely used as display devices. In particular, in the field of mobile display devices such as mobile phones and mobile phones, there is a demand for lighter and thinner display devices.
Similarly, electronic devices such as solar cells, thin film secondary batteries, and semiconductor wafers having a circuit formed on the surface are also required to be lighter and thinner.
In order to cope with this, thinning of substrates such as glass, resin, and metal used for electronic devices such as display devices has been promoted.
In the case of a glass substrate, as a method for reducing the plate thickness, it is generally necessary to etch the outer surface of the glass substrate using chemical etching before or after the display device member is formed on the surface of the glass substrate. Depending on the method, a method of further physical polishing and thinning is performed.
 しかしながら、表示装置など電子デバイス用部材をガラス基板の表面に形成する前に、エッチング処理等をしてガラス基板を薄くすると、ガラス基板の強度が低下し、たわみ量も大きくなる。そのため既存の製造ラインで処理することができないという問題が生じる。
 また、表示装置用部材をガラス基板の表面に形成した後にエッチング処理等をしてガラス基板を薄くすると、表示装置用部材をガラス基板の表面に形成する過程においてガラス基板の表面に形成された微細な傷が顕在化する問題、すなわちエッジピットと呼ばれる問題が発生する。
However, if the glass substrate is thinned by performing an etching process or the like before the electronic device member such as a display device is formed on the surface of the glass substrate, the strength of the glass substrate is reduced and the amount of deflection is increased. Therefore, the problem that it cannot process in the existing manufacturing line arises.
In addition, if the glass substrate is thinned by performing an etching process or the like after forming the display device member on the surface of the glass substrate, the fineness formed on the surface of the glass substrate in the process of forming the display device member on the surface of the glass substrate. The problem of making obvious scratches, that is, a problem called edge pit occurs.
 そこで、このような問題を解決することを目的として、板厚の薄いガラス基板(以下では「薄板ガラス基板」ともいう。)を他の支持ガラス基板と貼り合わせて積層体とし、その状態で表示装置を製造するための所定の処理を実施し、その後、薄板ガラス基板と支持ガラス基板とを分離する方法等が提案されている。 Therefore, for the purpose of solving such problems, a thin glass substrate (hereinafter also referred to as “thin glass substrate”) is bonded to another supporting glass substrate to form a laminate, and the display is performed in that state. A method of performing a predetermined process for manufacturing the apparatus and then separating the thin glass substrate and the supporting glass substrate has been proposed.
 例えば、特許文献1には、製品用のガラス基板と補強用ガラス基板とを、ガラス基板同士の静電気吸着力または真空吸着力を利用して張り合わせて一体化し、製品用のガラス基板を用いた表示装置を製造する方法が記載されている。
 特許文献2には、液晶表示装置の基板と支持体との端部をガラスフリット系の接着剤を用いて接着して、その後、電極パターン等を形成する液晶表示装置の製造方法が記載されている。
 特許文献3には、2枚のガラス基板の少なくとも周縁部の端面近傍にレーザ光を照射して前記2枚のガラス基板を融合させる工程を有する表示装置用基板の製造方法が記載されている。
For example, in Patent Document 1, a product glass substrate and a reinforcing glass substrate are bonded and integrated using an electrostatic adsorption force or a vacuum adsorption force between glass substrates, and a display using the product glass substrate is used. A method of manufacturing the device is described.
Patent Document 2 describes a manufacturing method of a liquid crystal display device in which end portions of a substrate and a support of a liquid crystal display device are bonded using a glass frit adhesive, and thereafter an electrode pattern or the like is formed. Yes.
Patent Document 3 describes a method for manufacturing a substrate for a display device, which includes a step of irradiating laser light to at least the vicinity of the edge surface of two glass substrates to fuse the two glass substrates.
 特許文献4には、粘着材層が支持体上に設けられている基板搬送用治具に基板を貼り付け、液晶表示素子の製造工程を通して基板搬送用治具を搬送することにより、基板搬送用治具に貼り付いている基板に対して液晶表示素子形成処理を順次行い、所定の工程を終了後、基板搬送用治具から基板を剥離する液晶表示装置の製造方法が記載されている。
 特許文献5には、液晶表示素子用電極基板を紫外線硬化型粘着剤が支持体上に設けられた治具を用いて、液晶表示素子用電極基板に所定の加工を施した後、紫外線硬化型粘着剤に紫外線を照射することにより、前記紫外線硬化型粘着剤の粘着力を低下させ、前記液晶表示素子用電極基板を前記治具から剥離することを特徴とする液晶表示素子の製造方法が記載されている。
 特許文献6には、粘着材によって薄板を支持板に仮固定し、前記粘着材の周縁部をシール材によって封止し、薄板を仮固定した支持板を搬送する搬送方法が記載されている。
In Patent Document 4, a substrate is attached to a substrate transport jig having an adhesive layer provided on a support, and the substrate transport jig is transported through a manufacturing process of a liquid crystal display element. A manufacturing method of a liquid crystal display device is described in which liquid crystal display element formation processing is sequentially performed on a substrate attached to a jig, and the substrate is peeled off from the substrate carrying jig after completing a predetermined process.
In Patent Document 5, an electrode substrate for a liquid crystal display element is subjected to a predetermined processing on the electrode substrate for a liquid crystal display element using a jig in which an ultraviolet curable adhesive is provided on a support, and then an ultraviolet curable type is used. A method for producing a liquid crystal display device, comprising: irradiating an adhesive with ultraviolet rays to reduce the adhesive strength of the ultraviolet curable adhesive and peeling the electrode substrate for a liquid crystal display element from the jig. Has been.
Patent Document 6 describes a transport method in which a thin plate is temporarily fixed to a support plate with an adhesive material, a peripheral portion of the adhesive material is sealed with a seal material, and the support plate on which the thin plate is temporarily fixed is transported.
 特許文献7には、薄板ガラス基板と、支持ガラス基板と、を積層させてなる薄板ガラス積層体であって、前記薄板ガラスと、前記支持ガラスとが、易剥離性および非粘着性を有するシリコーン樹脂層を介して積層されていることを特徴とする薄板ガラス積層体が記載されている。そして、薄板ガラス基板と支持ガラス基板とを分離するには、薄板ガラス基板を支持ガラス基板から垂直方向に引き離す力を与えればよく、剃刀の刃等で端部に剥離のきっかけを与えたり、積層界面へエアを注入したりすることによって、より容易に剥離することが可能であることが記載されている。
 特許文献8には、吸着シートに吸着保持されているガラス基板等の板状体を吸着シートから剥離させるための剥離装置が記載されている。
Patent Document 7 discloses a thin glass laminate obtained by laminating a thin glass substrate and a supporting glass substrate, in which the thin glass and the supporting glass are easily peelable and non-adhesive silicone. A thin glass laminate characterized by being laminated via a resin layer is described. Then, in order to separate the thin glass substrate and the supporting glass substrate, it is only necessary to give a force to separate the thin glass substrate from the supporting glass substrate in the vertical direction. It is described that peeling can be performed more easily by injecting air into the interface.
Patent Document 8 describes a peeling device for peeling a plate-like body such as a glass substrate that is sucked and held on a suction sheet from the suction sheet.
日本国特開2000-241804号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-241804 日本国特開昭58-54316号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 58-54316 日本国特開2003-216068号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2003-216068 日本国特開平8-86993号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-86993 日本国特開平9-105896号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 9-105896 日本国特開2000-252342号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-252342 国際公開第2007/018028号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 2007/018028 Pamphlet 日本国特開2007-185725号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2007-185725
 しかしながら、特許文献1に記載のガラス基板同士を静電吸着力や真空吸着力を利用して固定する方法、特許文献2に記載のガラス基板の両端をガラスフリットによって固定する方法、または特許文献3に記載の周縁部の端面近傍にレーザ光を照射して2枚のガラス基板を融合させる方法では、ガラス基板同士を何らの中間層を介さず積層密着させるので、ガラス基板間へ混入した気泡や塵介等の異物によってガラス基板にゆがみ欠陥が生じる。そのため、表面が平滑なガラス基板積層体を得ることは困難である。 However, a method for fixing glass substrates described in Patent Document 1 using electrostatic adsorption force or vacuum adsorption force, a method for fixing both ends of a glass substrate described in Patent Document 2 with glass frit, or Patent Document 3 In the method of merging two glass substrates by irradiating laser light near the end face of the peripheral portion described in the above, the glass substrates are laminated and adhered without any intermediate layer. Distortion defects occur in the glass substrate due to foreign matters such as dust. Therefore, it is difficult to obtain a glass substrate laminate having a smooth surface.
 また、特許文献4~6に記載のガラス基板間に粘着層等を配置する方法では、上記のようなガラス基板間への気泡等の混入によるゆがみ欠陥の発生を回避し得るものの、両ガラス基板を分離することが困難であり、分離する際に薄板ガラス基板が破損するおそれがある。また分離後の薄板ガラス基板への粘着剤の残存も問題となる。 In addition, in the method of disposing an adhesive layer or the like between the glass substrates described in Patent Documents 4 to 6, the occurrence of distortion defects due to mixing of bubbles or the like between the glass substrates as described above can be avoided. Is difficult to separate, and the thin glass substrate may be damaged during the separation. Further, the remaining adhesive on the thin glass substrate after separation also becomes a problem.
 これに対して特許文献7に記載の薄板ガラス積層体によれば、上記のようなガラス基板間への気泡等の混入によるゆがみ欠陥は発生し難い。また、薄板ガラス基板と支持ガラス基板とを剥離することも可能である。さらに分離後の薄板ガラス基板への粘着剤の残存の問題は解決される。しかし、両ガラス基板の分離は、より容易に、より短時間で行うことが望まれる。特にガラス基板が大型の場合は、工業的に利用する上で重要な点となる。
 また、特許文献8に記載の剥離装置は、吸着シートに吸着保持されているガラス基板等を吸着シートから剥離させる装置であって、樹脂層を介して密着している支持ガラス基板と薄板ガラス基板とを、前記薄板ガラス基板を損傷することなく、加えて前記樹脂層を前記薄板ガラス基板に残存させることなく剥離することは困難である。
On the other hand, according to the thin glass laminate described in Patent Document 7, a distortion defect due to mixing of bubbles or the like between the glass substrates as described above hardly occurs. It is also possible to peel the thin glass substrate and the supporting glass substrate. Furthermore, the problem of remaining adhesive on the thin glass substrate after separation is solved. However, it is desirable to separate both glass substrates more easily and in a shorter time. In particular, when the glass substrate is large, it is an important point for industrial use.
Moreover, the peeling apparatus described in Patent Document 8 is an apparatus for peeling a glass substrate or the like that is adsorbed and held on an adsorbing sheet from an adsorbing sheet, and a supporting glass substrate and a thin glass substrate that are in close contact with each other through a resin layer It is difficult to peel the resin layer without damaging the thin glass substrate and without leaving the resin layer on the thin glass substrate.
 本発明は上記のような問題点に鑑みてなされたものである。すなわち、基板間へ混入した気泡や塵介等の異物による基板欠陥の発生を抑制し、エッジピットを発生させることなく既存の製造ラインで処理することができ、密着した基板と樹脂層とを損傷することなく、これらを容易かつ短時間に剥離して分離することができる電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを目的とする。また、そのような電子デバイスの製造方法を実施することができる剥離装置を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above problems. In other words, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of substrate defects due to foreign matters such as bubbles and dust mixed between the substrates, and it can be processed in the existing production line without generating edge pits, and the adhered substrate and resin layer are damaged. It is an object of the present invention to provide a method for manufacturing an electronic device that can be easily separated in a short time without separation. Moreover, it aims at providing the peeling apparatus which can implement the manufacturing method of such an electronic device.
 本発明者は上記課題を解決するため鋭意検討し、本発明を完成させた。
 本発明は、以下の(1)~(18)に関する。
(1)第1主面および第2主面を有し第2主面に電子デバイス用部材を有する基板の第1主面に、第1主面および第2主面を有する支持基板の第1主面に固定された易剥離性を有する樹脂層が密着している支持体付き電子デバイスから、前記支持基板および前記樹脂層からなる支持体を剥離する操作を含む、前記電子デバイス用部材および前記基板からなる電子デバイスの製造方法であって、前記支持体付き電子デバイスが有する二つの主面のうちの一方の主面であって、後工程である剥離工程において剥離される支持体が付いていない方の主面を、ステージが備える平面状の固定面へ密着させ、前記支持体付き電子デバイスを前記ステージの固定面上に固定する固定工程と、前記ステージの固定面上に固定された前記支持体付き電子デバイスの端面であって、剥離される前記支持体の前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面に、ナイフを挿入し、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとを剥離する剥離工程とを具備する、電子デバイスの製造方法。
(2)前記剥離工程において、前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面に挿入された前記ナイフが、前記樹脂層および/または前記基板からの作用によって変形することによって、前記ナイフをさらに挿入する方向へ移動させた場合に前記ナイフが前記樹脂層の表面に沿うように移動して、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとを剥離する、上記(1)に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。
(3)前記剥離工程において、前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面に前記ナイフを挿入した後、前記ナイフがその先端部を中心として回転して後端部が、前記ステージの前記固定面における法線と平行な方向に移動し、さらに前記ナイフの全体も同じ平行な方向および挿入する方向の少なくとも一方に移動することで、前記ナイフが前記樹脂層の表面に沿うように移動して、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとを剥離する、上記(1)または(2)に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。
(4)さらに、前記固定工程の後であって前記剥離工程の前に、剥離される前記支持体の前記支持基板の第2主面に、複数の吸着パッドを吸着させる吸着工程を具備し、前記剥離工程が、さらに、前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面に前記ナイフを挿入した後、前記樹脂層と前記基板とを剥がす方向である剥離方向へ前記吸着パッドを移動させて、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとを剥離する工程である、上記(1)~(3)のいずれかに記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。
(5)前記剥離工程が、さらに、前記支持基板の第2主面に吸着している複数の吸着パッドの中の、前記支持体付き電子デバイスの端面における前記ナイフを挿入した箇所の最も近くに位置する吸着パッドを、初めに前記剥離方向へ移動させ、次にその隣の吸着パッドを前記剥離方向へ移動させ、その後も同様に、前記剥離方向へ移動させた吸着パッドの隣の吸着パッドを次に前記剥離方向へ移動させる操作を順々に行って、前記支持体を前記ナイフを挿入した端部から中央へ向かう方向に剥離し、さらにその延長線上へ向かって剥離する工程である、上記(4)に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。
(6)前記剥離工程が、さらに、前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面であって前記ナイフを挿入する箇所を、画像処理により確定する操作を含む工程である、上記(1)~(5)のいずれかに記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。
(7)前記剥離工程が、さらに、前記支持基板および/または前記基板の任意の箇所に導体を接続してアースをとって帯電抑制しながら、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとを剥離する工程である、上記(1)~(6)のいずれかに記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。
(8)前記剥離工程が、さらに、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとの間に除電用物質を吹き付けて帯電制御しながら、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとを剥離する工程である、上記(1)~(7)のいずれかに記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。
(9)さらに、前記剥離工程が、前記ナイフへの負荷加重を検出しながら、前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面に前記ナイフを挿入する工程である、上記(1)~(8)のいずれかに記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。
(10)前記電子デバイスが、表示装置用パネルである、上記(1)~(9)のいずれかに記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。
(11)第1主面および第2主面を有し第2主面に表示装置用部材を有する基板の第1主面に、第1主面および第2主面を有する支持基板の第1主面に固定された易剥離性を有する樹脂層が密着している支持体付き電子デバイスから、前記支持基板および前記樹脂層からなる支持体を剥離する剥離装置であって、前記支持体付き電子デバイスの主面と密着して、前記支持体付き電子デバイスを固定できる平面状の固定面を備えるステージと、前記支持体付き電子デバイスから前記支持体を剥離するために用いられるナイフと、前記ステージに固定された前記支持体付き電子デバイスの端面における、剥離される前記支持体における前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面に、前記ナイフが挿入されるように、前記ステージの前記固定面における法線と平行な方向である法線方向へ、前記ナイフを移動させる法線方向移動ユニットと、前記ナイフを、前記樹脂層と前記基板との間において移動させる固定面方向移動ユニットとを備え、さらに、前記ナイフが、前記樹脂層と前記基板との間に挿入された場合に、前記樹脂層の表面に沿って移動するように、前記樹脂層および/または前記基板からの作用によって変形する性質を備える、および/または、前記ナイフが先端部を中心として回転して前記ナイフの後端部を法線方向に移動させる回転機構および前記ナイフの挿入角度の上下限を設定する挿入角度設定機構を有する挿入角度調整ユニット、ならびに前記ナイフの全体を、前記法線方向に移動させる法線方向移動機構を備える、剥離装置。
(12)さらに、前記ステージの固定面上に固定された前記支持体付き電子デバイスにおける剥離される前記支持体の前記支持基板の第2主面を吸着する複数の吸着パッド、および前記吸着パッドを前記樹脂層と前記基板とを剥がす方向である剥離方向に移動させるパッド移動ユニットを備える、上記(11)に記載の剥離装置。
(13)前記パッド移動ユニットが、前記複数の吸着パッドの中の、前記支持体付き電子デバイスの端面における前記ナイフを挿入した箇所の最も近くに位置する吸着パッドを初めに前記剥離方向へ移動させ、次にその隣の吸着パッドを前記剥離方向へ移動させ、その後も同様に、前記剥離方向へ移動させた吸着パッドの隣の吸着パッドを次に前記剥離方向へ移動させる操作を順々に行って、前記支持体を前記ナイフを挿入した端部から中央へ向かう方向に剥離し、さらにその延長線上へ向かって剥離する時間制御機能を備える、上記(12)に記載の剥離装置。
(14)さらに、前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面であって前記ナイフを挿入する箇所を確定するための画像処理装置を備える、上記(11)~(13)のいずれかに記載の剥離装置。
(15)さらに、前記支持基板および/または前記基板の任意の箇所に導体を接続して帯電抑制するアースを備える、上記(11)~(14)のいずれかに記載の剥離装置。
(16)さらに、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとの間に除電用物質を吹き付けて帯電制御する帯電制御装置を備える、上記(11)~(15)のいずれかに記載の剥離装置。
(17)さらに、前記ナイフへの負荷加重を検出する負荷加重検出装置を備える、上記(11)~(16)のいずれかに記載の剥離装置。
(18)前記電子デバイスが、表示装置用パネルである、上記(11)~(17)のいずれかに記載の剥離装置。
The inventor has intensively studied to solve the above-mentioned problems, and has completed the present invention.
The present invention relates to the following (1) to (18).
(1) The first of the support substrate having the first main surface and the second main surface on the first main surface of the substrate having the first main surface and the second main surface and having the electronic device member on the second main surface. The electronic device member including an operation of peeling the support substrate and the support made of the resin layer from the electronic device with a support to which the resin layer having easy peelability fixed to the main surface is in close contact A method of manufacturing an electronic device comprising a substrate, comprising one main surface of two main surfaces of the electronic device with support, and a support that is peeled off in a peeling step that is a subsequent step. A fixing step of fixing the electronic device with the support on the fixing surface of the stage, and fixing the electronic device with the support on the fixing surface of the stage; Electronic device with support A peeling step of inserting a knife into an interface between the resin layer and the substrate of the support to be peeled, and peeling the support and the electronic device. Production method.
(2) In the peeling step, the knife inserted at the interface between the resin layer and the substrate is deformed by the action from the resin layer and / or the substrate, thereby further inserting the knife. The method for manufacturing an electronic device according to (1) above, wherein when moved, the knife moves along the surface of the resin layer to separate the support and the electronic device.
(3) In the peeling step, after the knife is inserted into the interface between the resin layer and the substrate, the knife rotates around its front end, and the rear end is a method on the fixed surface of the stage. The knife is moved along the surface of the resin layer by moving in the direction parallel to the line, and the knife as a whole is also moved in at least one of the same parallel direction and the insertion direction. The manufacturing method of the electronic device as described in said (1) or (2) which peels a body and the said electronic device.
(4) Furthermore, after the fixing step and before the peeling step, the second main surface of the support substrate of the support to be peeled, comprising a suction step of adsorbing a plurality of suction pads, In the peeling step, after the knife is further inserted into the interface between the resin layer and the substrate, the suction pad is moved in a peeling direction, which is a direction in which the resin layer and the substrate are peeled, and the support body The method for manufacturing an electronic device according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the method is a step of separating the electronic device from the electronic device.
(5) The peeling step is further closest to the place where the knife is inserted in the end face of the electronic device with support in the plurality of suction pads sucked on the second main surface of the support substrate. The suction pad located is first moved in the peeling direction, the next suction pad is moved in the peeling direction, and thereafter the suction pad next to the suction pad moved in the peeling direction in the same manner. Next, the operation of moving in the peeling direction is sequentially performed, the support is peeled in the direction from the end where the knife is inserted toward the center, and further peeled toward the extension line. The manufacturing method of the electronic device as described in (4).
(6) The above (1) to (5), wherein the peeling step further includes an operation of determining a position where the knife is inserted at an interface between the resin layer and the substrate by image processing. The manufacturing method of the electronic device in any one of.
(7) The peeling step is a step of peeling the support and the electronic device while connecting a conductor to the support substrate and / or any part of the substrate and grounding to suppress charging. A method for manufacturing an electronic device according to any one of (1) to (6) above.
(8) The above (1), wherein the peeling step is a step of peeling the support and the electronic device while spraying a charge-eliminating substance between the support and the electronic device to control charging. )-(7) The manufacturing method of the electronic device in any one of.
(9) Further, any of the above (1) to (8), wherein the peeling step is a step of inserting the knife into an interface between the resin layer and the substrate while detecting a load applied to the knife. A method for manufacturing the electronic device according to claim 1.
(10) The method of manufacturing an electronic device according to any one of (1) to (9), wherein the electronic device is a display device panel.
(11) A first support substrate having a first main surface and a second main surface on a first main surface of a substrate having a first main surface and a second main surface and having a display device member on the second main surface. A peeling device for peeling a support made of the support substrate and the resin layer from an electronic device with a support to which a resin layer having easy peelability fixed to a main surface is in close contact, the electron with a support A stage having a planar fixing surface that can be in close contact with the main surface of the device and fix the electronic device with support, a knife used to peel the support from the electronic device with support, and the stage The normal line on the fixed surface of the stage so that the knife is inserted into the interface between the resin layer and the substrate in the support to be peeled, on the end surface of the electronic device with the support fixed to When A normal direction moving unit that moves the knife in a normal direction that is a line direction, and a fixed surface direction moving unit that moves the knife between the resin layer and the substrate, and When a knife is inserted between the resin layer and the substrate, the knife is deformed by an action from the resin layer and / or the substrate so as to move along the surface of the resin layer. And / or an insertion angle having a rotation mechanism for moving the rear end of the knife in the normal direction by rotating the knife about the tip and an insertion angle setting mechanism for setting upper and lower limits of the insertion angle of the knife A peeling apparatus comprising a normal direction moving mechanism that moves the adjustment unit and the entire knife in the normal direction.
(12) Further, a plurality of suction pads for sucking the second main surface of the support substrate of the support to be peeled in the electronic device with support fixed on the fixed surface of the stage, and the suction pads The peeling apparatus according to (11), further including a pad moving unit that moves in a peeling direction, which is a direction in which the resin layer and the substrate are peeled off.
(13) The pad moving unit first moves, in the peeling direction, the suction pad located closest to the place where the knife is inserted in the end surface of the electronic device with support among the plurality of suction pads. Next, the adjacent suction pad is moved in the peeling direction, and thereafter, similarly, the operation of moving the suction pad adjacent to the suction pad moved in the peeling direction to the peeling direction is sequentially performed. The peeling device according to (12), further including a time control function of peeling the support in a direction from the end where the knife is inserted toward the center and further toward an extension line thereof.
(14) The peeling apparatus according to any one of (11) to (13), further including an image processing apparatus for determining a position where the knife is inserted at an interface between the resin layer and the substrate. .
(15) The peeling apparatus according to any one of (11) to (14), further including a ground for suppressing charging by connecting a conductor to an arbitrary portion of the support substrate and / or the substrate.
(16) The peeling apparatus according to any one of (11) to (15), further including a charge control device that controls charge by spraying a charge-removing substance between the support and the electronic device.
(17) The peeling apparatus according to any one of (11) to (16), further including a load weight detection device that detects a load weight applied to the knife.
(18) The peeling apparatus according to any one of (11) to (17), wherein the electronic device is a display panel.
 本発明によれば、基板間へ混入した気泡や塵介等の異物による基板欠陥の発生を抑制し、エッジピットを発生させることなく既存の製造ラインで処理することができ、密着した基板と樹脂層とを損傷することなく、これらを容易かつ短時間に剥離して分離することができる電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。また、そのような電子デバイスの製造方法を実施することができる剥離装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of substrate defects caused by foreign matters such as bubbles and dust mixed between substrates, and to perform processing in an existing production line without generating edge pits. It is possible to provide a method of manufacturing an electronic device that can be easily separated and separated in a short time without damaging the layers. Moreover, the peeling apparatus which can implement the manufacturing method of such an electronic device can be provided.
図1(a)~1(d)は、本発明の剥離装置の好適実施態様を示す概略断面図である。1 (a) to 1 (d) are schematic sectional views showing a preferred embodiment of the peeling apparatus of the present invention. 図2(a)~2(d)は、本発明の剥離装置の別の好適実施態様を示す概略断面図である。2 (a) to 2 (d) are schematic sectional views showing another preferred embodiment of the peeling apparatus of the present invention. 図3は、本発明の剥離装置の好適実施態様の一部を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a part of a preferred embodiment of the peeling apparatus of the present invention. 図4(a)および4(b)は、ナイフの好適実施態様を示す概略上面図および概略端面図である。4 (a) and 4 (b) are a schematic top view and a schematic end view showing a preferred embodiment of the knife. 図5(a)は、ナイフの支持部を説明するための概略斜視図であり、図5(b)および図5(c)は概略上面図である。Fig.5 (a) is a schematic perspective view for demonstrating the support part of a knife, FIG.5 (b) and FIG.5 (c) are schematic top views. 図6(a)~6(c)は、剥離時におけるナイフの変形について説明するための概略斜視図である。FIGS. 6A to 6C are schematic perspective views for explaining the deformation of the knife at the time of peeling. 図7は、回転機構の好適実施態様を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a preferred embodiment of the rotation mechanism. 図8は、吸着パッドの好適実施態様を示す概略斜視図である。FIG. 8 is a schematic perspective view showing a preferred embodiment of the suction pad. 図9は、吸着パッドが吸着していることを模式的に示す図である。FIG. 9 is a diagram schematically showing that the suction pad is sucked. 図10は、吸着パッドの制御系を示すブロック図である。FIG. 10 is a block diagram illustrating a suction pad control system. 図11は、支持体付き表示装置用パネルの一態様を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 11: is a schematic sectional drawing which shows the one aspect | mode of the display apparatus panel with a support body. 図12は、支持体付き表示装置用パネルの別の一態様を示す概略平面図である。FIG. 12 is a schematic plan view showing another aspect of the display device panel with a support. 図13は、支持体付き表示装置用パネルの別の一態様を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 13: is a schematic sectional drawing which shows another one aspect | mode of the display apparatus panel with a support body. 図14は、支持体付き表示装置用パネルのさらに別の一態様を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 14 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing still another embodiment of the display device panel with a support. 図15(a)~15(c)は、ステージの固定面の一部が曲面である場合における剥離方法について説明するための概略断面図である。FIGS. 15A to 15C are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining a peeling method when a part of the fixed surface of the stage is a curved surface. 図16(a)~16(c)は、ステージが可撓性部材である場合における剥離方法について説明するための概略断面図である。FIGS. 16A to 16C are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining a peeling method when the stage is a flexible member. 図17は、本発明の電子デバイスの製造方法の一実施形態である表示装置用パネルの製造方法のフローを一例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an example of a flow of a method for manufacturing a display device panel, which is an embodiment of the method for manufacturing an electronic device of the present invention.
 本発明は本発明の製造方法および剥離装置からなる。
 本発明の製造方法は、本発明の剥離装置を用いて好ましく実施することができる。
 初めに、本発明の剥離装置について、2つの好適実施例を挙げて説明する。
The present invention comprises the production method and peeling device of the present invention.
The production method of the present invention can be preferably carried out using the peeling apparatus of the present invention.
First, the peeling apparatus of the present invention will be described with reference to two preferred embodiments.
 なお、詳細については後述するが、本発明において用いる支持体付き電子デバイスは、第1主面および第2主面を有し第2主面に電子デバイス用部材を有する基板の第1主面に、第1主面および第2主面を有する支持基板の第1主面に固定された易剥離性を有する樹脂層が密着しているものである。
 すなわち、支持体付き電子デバイスは、電子デバイス用部材、基板、樹脂層および支持基板を有し、これらはこの順に積層している。また、電子デバイスは電子デバイス用部材および基板を有し、電子デバイス用部材は基板の第2主面上に形成されている。
 また、支持体付き電子デバイスは、基板、樹脂層および支持基板がこの順に積層した積層体が電子デバイス用部材を介して2つ積層したもの、すなわち、支持基板、樹脂層、基板、電子デバイス用部材、基板、樹脂層および支持基板がこの順に積層したものであってもよい。
 ここで、電子デバイスとは、表示装置用パネル、太陽電池、薄膜2次電池、表面に回路が形成された半導体ウェハ等の電子部品をいう。表示装置用パネルとは、液晶パネル、有機ELパネル、プラズマディスプレイパネル、フィールドエミッションパネル等を含んでいる。
Although details will be described later, the electronic device with a support used in the present invention is provided on the first main surface of the substrate having the first main surface and the second main surface and the electronic device member on the second main surface. The easily peelable resin layer fixed to the first main surface of the support substrate having the first main surface and the second main surface is in close contact.
That is, the electronic device with a support includes an electronic device member, a substrate, a resin layer, and a support substrate, which are laminated in this order. The electronic device has an electronic device member and a substrate, and the electronic device member is formed on the second main surface of the substrate.
In addition, the electronic device with a support is a laminate in which a substrate, a resin layer, and a support substrate are stacked in this order, and two layers are stacked via an electronic device member, that is, a support substrate, a resin layer, a substrate, and an electronic device. A member, a substrate, a resin layer, and a support substrate may be laminated in this order.
Here, the electronic device refers to an electronic component such as a display panel, a solar cell, a thin film secondary battery, or a semiconductor wafer having a circuit formed on the surface. The display device panel includes a liquid crystal panel, an organic EL panel, a plasma display panel, a field emission panel, and the like.
 本発明の剥離装置の好適実施例について説明する。
 図1は、本発明の剥離装置の好適実施例である剥離装置1の概略断面図である。
 図1(a)~1(d)は、剥離を行う際の剥離装置1における各部位の動きを説明するための連続図であるが、剥離装置1の構成について図1(a)を用いて説明する。剥離の際の各部位の動きについては後述する。
A preferred embodiment of the peeling apparatus of the present invention will be described.
FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view of a peeling apparatus 1 which is a preferred embodiment of the peeling apparatus of the present invention.
FIGS. 1 (a) to 1 (d) are continuous views for explaining the movement of each part in the peeling apparatus 1 during peeling. The configuration of the peeling apparatus 1 is described with reference to FIG. 1 (a). explain. The movement of each part at the time of peeling will be described later.
 図1(a)において剥離装置1はステージ20と、ナイフ30と、法線方向移動ユニット40と、固定面方向移動ユニット42とを備え、さらに、三成分力センサー46を備えている。
 すなわち、剥離装置1は、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の主面と密着して、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10を固定できる平面状の固定面を備えるステージ20と、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10から支持体を剥離するために用いられるナイフ30と、ステージ20に固定された支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の端面における、剥離される支持体における樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板との界面に、ナイフ30を挿入できるように、ステージ20の固定面における法線と平行な方向である法線方向(図1では上下方向)へ、ナイフ30を移動させる法線方向移動ユニット40と、ナイフ30を樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板との間において移動させる固定面方向移動ユニット42とを備え、さらに、ナイフ30への負荷荷重を検出できる負荷加重検出ユニットとして三成分力センサー46を備えている。
 また、後述するように、剥離装置1におけるナイフ30は、樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板との間に挿入された場合に、樹脂層の表面に沿って移動するように、樹脂層および/または薄板ガラス基板からの作用によって変形する性質を備えるものである。
 また、好適実施例である剥離装置1における基台部材2およびステージ20は、剥離装置1を設置した部屋の床に固定されており、移動しない。また、ステージ20における固定面20a(図3参照)は水平面(すなわち部屋の床と平行)である。また、基台部材2と固定面方向移動ユニット42の第1固定側部材42bとは固定されており、同様に、固定面方向移動ユニット42の第1移動側部材42aと固定面方向の第1移動部材本体3、第1移動部材本体3と法線方向移動ユニット40の第2固定側部材40b、法線方向移動ユニット40の第2移動側部材40aと法線方向の第2移動部材本体5、第2移動部材本体5と三成分力センサー46と法線方向の第3移動部材本体4、第3移動部材本体4とナイフ30とは固定されている。
In FIG. 1A, the peeling apparatus 1 includes a stage 20, a knife 30, a normal direction moving unit 40, a fixed surface direction moving unit 42, and further includes a three-component force sensor 46.
That is, the peeling device 1 is in close contact with the main surface of the display device panel 10 with a support and has a stage 20 having a flat fixing surface that can fix the display device panel 10 with a support, and the display device with a support. Interface between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate in the support to be peeled off at the end face of the panel 10 for display device with a support fixed to the stage 20 and the knife 30 used for peeling the support from the panel 10 In addition, a normal direction moving unit 40 for moving the knife 30 in a normal direction (vertical direction in FIG. 1) parallel to the normal line on the fixed surface of the stage 20 so that the knife 30 can be inserted, and the knife A fixed surface direction moving unit 42 that moves the resin 30 between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate, and further, a load applied to detect the load applied to the knife 30 And a ternary force sensor 46 as output units.
Further, as will be described later, the knife 30 in the peeling device 1 is moved between the resin layer and / or the thin glass so that the knife 30 moves along the surface of the resin layer when inserted between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate. It has the property of being deformed by the action from the substrate.
Moreover, the base member 2 and the stage 20 in the peeling apparatus 1 which is a preferred embodiment are fixed to the floor of the room where the peeling apparatus 1 is installed, and do not move. Further, the fixed surface 20a (see FIG. 3) of the stage 20 is a horizontal plane (that is, parallel to the floor of the room). Further, the base member 2 and the first fixed side member 42b of the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 are fixed, and similarly, the first moving side member 42a of the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 and the first in the fixed surface direction. The moving member main body 3, the first moving member main body 3, the second fixed side member 40b of the normal direction moving unit 40, the second moving side member 40a of the normal direction moving unit 40 and the second moving member main body 5 in the normal direction. The second moving member body 5, the three-component force sensor 46, the third moving member body 4 in the normal direction, the third moving member body 4 and the knife 30 are fixed.
 また、図1には示していないが、後に図3を用いて説明するように、剥離装置1は、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10における支持ガラス基板19bの第2主面に吸着する吸着パッド60と、支持体付き表示装置用パネルの端面におけるナイフ30を挿入するために用いるカメラ70と、剥離される支持体における樹脂層18bと薄板ガラス基板12bとの界面に除電用物質(水等)を吹付ける吹付け装置としてのノズル73と、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10と地面とを導体で繋げて支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の帯電を抑制する帯電抑制装置75とを備えている。 Although not shown in FIG. 1, as will be described later with reference to FIG. 3, the peeling device 1 is a suction pad that sucks the second main surface of the support glass substrate 19 b in the display device panel 10 with a support. 60, a camera 70 used for inserting the knife 30 on the end face of the display device panel with a support, and a static elimination substance (water or the like) at the interface between the resin layer 18b and the thin glass substrate 12b on the support to be peeled off. And a charging suppression device 75 that suppresses charging of the display device panel 10 with a support by connecting the display device panel 10 with a support and the ground with a conductor. .
 本発明の剥離装置の別の好適実施例について説明する。
 図2は、本発明の剥離装置の別の好適実施例である剥離装置11の概略断面図である。
 図2(a)~2(d)は、剥離を行う際の剥離装置11における各部位の動きを説明するための連続図であるが、剥離装置11の構成について図2(a)を用いて説明する。剥離の際の各部位の動きについては後述する。
 なお、剥離装置11は、上記の剥離装置1と共通する部位を有する。当該部位の説明は簡略して行う。また、図2では、剥離装置1と共通する部位については、図1と同じ符号(番号)を付している。
Another preferred embodiment of the peeling apparatus of the present invention will be described.
FIG. 2 is a schematic sectional view of a peeling device 11 which is another preferred embodiment of the peeling device of the present invention.
2 (a) to 2 (d) are continuous views for explaining the movement of each part in the peeling apparatus 11 when peeling, and the configuration of the peeling apparatus 11 will be described with reference to FIG. 2 (a). explain. The movement of each part at the time of peeling will be described later.
Note that the peeling device 11 has a portion in common with the peeling device 1 described above. The description of the part will be simplified. In FIG. 2, the same reference numerals (numbers) as those in FIG.
 図2(a)において剥離装置11はステージ20と、ナイフ300と、法線方向移動ユニット40と、固定面方向移動ユニット42と、回転機構50およびストッパー51を有する挿入角度調整ユニット59と、法線方向移動機構44とを備え、さらに、三成分力センサー46を備えている。
 すなわち、剥離装置11は、剥離装置1と同様のステージ20と、法線方向移動ユニット40と、固定面方向移動ユニット42と、三成分力センサー46とを備えている。そして、これらに加えて、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10から支持体を剥離するために用いられるナイフ300と、ナイフ300が先端部を中心として所定角度(180度未満)回転して、すなわち回動してナイフ300の後端部が法線方向に移動できる回転機構50およびナイフ300の挿入角度の上下限を設定する挿入角度設定機構としてのストッパー51を有する挿入角度調整ユニット59と、ナイフ300の全体が前記法線方向に移動できる法線方向移動機構44とを備えている。
 ここで剥離装置11におけるナイフ300は、前述の剥離装置1におけるナイフ30とは異なる性質を備え、変形しない。すなわち、ナイフ300は、ナイフ30のように、樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板との間に挿入された場合に樹脂層の表面に沿って移動するように、樹脂層および/または薄板ガラス基板からの作用によって変形する性質は備えていない。
 また、好適実施例である剥離装置11における基台部材2およびステージ20は、剥離装置11を設置した部屋の床に固定されており、移動しない。また、ステージ20における固定面は水平面(すなわち部屋の床と平行)である。また、基台部材2と固定面方向移動ユニット42の第1固定側部材42bとは固定されており、同様に、固定面方向移動ユニット42の第1移動側部材42aと固定面方向の第1移動部材本体3、第1移動部材本体3と法線方向移動ユニット40の第2固定側部材40b、法線方向移動ユニット40の第2移動側部材40aと法線方向移動機構44の第3固定側部材44b、法線方向移動機構44の第3移動側部材44aと法線方向の第2移動部材本体5、第2移動部材本体5と三成分力センサー46と法線方向の第3移動部材本体4は固定されている。また、ナイフ30は、第3移動部材本体4に対して回転(回動)可能に支持されている。
2A, the peeling apparatus 11 includes a stage 20, a knife 300, a normal direction moving unit 40, a fixed surface direction moving unit 42, an insertion angle adjusting unit 59 having a rotating mechanism 50 and a stopper 51, and a method. A linear movement mechanism 44 and a three-component force sensor 46.
That is, the peeling apparatus 11 includes the same stage 20 as the peeling apparatus 1, a normal direction moving unit 40, a fixed surface direction moving unit 42, and a three-component force sensor 46. In addition to these, the knife 300 used for peeling the support from the display device panel 10 with the support, and the knife 300 are rotated by a predetermined angle (less than 180 degrees) around the tip, that is, the rotation is performed. An insertion angle adjusting unit 59 having a rotation mechanism 50 that can move and move the rear end portion of the knife 300 in the normal direction, and a stopper 51 as an insertion angle setting mechanism that sets upper and lower limits of the insertion angle of the knife 300; Is provided with a normal direction moving mechanism 44 that can move in the normal direction.
Here, the knife 300 in the peeling apparatus 11 has a property different from that of the knife 30 in the above-described peeling apparatus 1 and is not deformed. That is, like the knife 30, the knife 300 acts from the resin layer and / or the thin glass substrate so as to move along the surface of the resin layer when inserted between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate. It does not have the property of being deformed by.
Moreover, the base member 2 and the stage 20 in the peeling apparatus 11 which is a preferred embodiment are fixed to the floor of the room where the peeling apparatus 11 is installed, and do not move. Further, the fixed surface of the stage 20 is a horizontal plane (that is, parallel to the floor of the room). Further, the base member 2 and the first fixed side member 42b of the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 are fixed. Similarly, the first moving side member 42a of the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 and the first fixed surface direction moving unit 42 are fixed. The moving member main body 3, the first moving member main body 3 and the second fixed side member 40b of the normal direction moving unit 40, the second moving side member 40a of the normal direction moving unit 40 and the third fixed side of the normal direction moving mechanism 44. Side member 44b, third moving side member 44a of normal direction moving mechanism 44, second moving member main body 5 in the normal direction, second moving member main body 5, three-component force sensor 46, and third moving member in the normal direction The main body 4 is fixed. The knife 30 is supported so as to be rotatable (turnable) with respect to the third moving member main body 4.
 また、図2には示していないが、後に図3を用いて説明するように、剥離装置11は、剥離装置1と同様に、吸着パッド60と、カメラ70と、ノズル73と、帯電抑制装置75とを備えている。 Although not shown in FIG. 2, as described later with reference to FIG. 3, the peeling device 11 is similar to the peeling device 1 in that the suction pad 60, the camera 70, the nozzle 73, and the charging suppression device. 75.
<ステージ>
 剥離装置1および剥離装置11(以下、「剥離装置1、11」とも記す。)はステージ20を備える。剥離装置1、11におけるステージ20について、図3を用いて説明する。
 図3は剥離装置1、11におけるステージ20の固定面20a上に支持体付き表示装置用パネル10が固定されていることを示す概略断面図である。ここで支持体付き表示装置用パネル10は、表示装置用部材14の両主面を、薄板ガラス基板(12a、12b)と樹脂層(18a、18b)と支持ガラス基板(19a、19b)との積層体で挟み込む態様のものである。
 ここでは、表示装置用部材14の両主面を薄板ガラス基板12aおよび12bで挟み込んだものを狭義の表示装置用パネル16と呼び、樹脂層18aおよび18bと支持ガラス基板19aおよび19bとの各積層体を支持体17aおよび17bと呼ぶ。なお、剥離される支持体17bは支持ガラス基板19bと樹脂層18bとからなる。したがって、広義には、狭義の表示装置用パネル16と支持体17aとを一体として表示装置用パネルと呼んでも良い。
<Stage>
The peeling apparatus 1 and the peeling apparatus 11 (hereinafter also referred to as “peeling apparatuses 1 and 11”) include a stage 20. The stage 20 in the peeling apparatuses 1 and 11 will be described with reference to FIG.
FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing that the display device panel 10 with a support is fixed on the fixing surface 20 a of the stage 20 in the peeling devices 1 and 11. Here, the display device-equipped panel 10 has both main surfaces of the display device member 14 formed of a thin glass substrate (12a, 12b), a resin layer (18a, 18b), and a support glass substrate (19a, 19b). It is a thing of the aspect pinched | interposed with a laminated body.
Here, what sandwiched both main surfaces of the display device member 14 between the thin glass substrates 12a and 12b is referred to as a display device panel 16 in a narrow sense, and each lamination of the resin layers 18a and 18b and the supporting glass substrates 19a and 19b. The bodies are called supports 17a and 17b. The support 17b to be peeled consists of a support glass substrate 19b and a resin layer 18b. Therefore, in a broad sense, the display device panel 16 and the support body 17a in a narrow sense may be integrally referred to as a display device panel.
 剥離装置1、11は、平面状の固定面を備える多孔質真空吸着プレート22を有するステージ20と、ステージ20の固定面上に固定された支持体付き表示装置用パネル10と、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の端面10xであって、剥離される支持体17bにおける樹脂層18bと薄板ガラス基板12bとの界面に挿入するナイフ30またはナイフ300とを備えている。
 また、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10における支持ガラス基板19bの第2主面に吸着する吸着パッド60と、端面10xにおけるナイフ30またはナイフ300を挿入するために用いる画像処理装置を備えるカメラ70と、剥離される支持体における樹脂層18bと薄板ガラス基板12bとの界面に除電用物質を吹付けるノズル73と、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10と地面とを導体で繋げて支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の帯電を抑制する帯電抑制装置75を備えている。
The peeling devices 1 and 11 include a stage 20 having a porous vacuum suction plate 22 having a flat fixed surface, a display-equipped display device panel 10 fixed on the fixed surface of the stage 20, and a display with a support. A knife 30 or a knife 300 is provided on the end face 10x of the apparatus panel 10 and inserted into the interface between the resin layer 18b and the thin glass substrate 12b in the support 17b to be peeled.
Also, a suction pad 60 that sucks on the second main surface of the support glass substrate 19b in the display device panel 10 with a support, and a camera 70 that includes an image processing device that is used to insert the knife 30 or the knife 300 on the end surface 10x. A display device with a support by connecting a nozzle 73 for spraying a neutralizing substance to the interface between the resin layer 18b and the thin glass substrate 12b in the support to be peeled, the display-equipped display device panel 10 and the ground with a conductor. A charging suppression device 75 that suppresses charging of the panel 10 is provided.
 また、多孔質真空吸着プレート22はポンプ24と繋がっており、ポンプ24を用いて真空引きして、多孔質真空吸着プレート22の固定面(図3に示すステージ20においては上面)上に支持体付き表示装置用パネル10における支持ガラス基板19aの第2主面を真空吸着して、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10を固定している。本発明の剥離装置においてステージの固定面とは、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の主面と密着して、これを固定できる平面を意味する。 Further, the porous vacuum suction plate 22 is connected to a pump 24, and is evacuated using the pump 24, and a support is provided on a fixed surface (upper surface in the stage 20 shown in FIG. 3) of the porous vacuum suction plate 22. The second main surface of the supporting glass substrate 19a in the display device panel 10 is vacuum-adsorbed to fix the display device panel 10 with support. In the peeling apparatus of the present invention, the fixing surface of the stage means a flat surface that can be in close contact with the main surface of the display device-equipped panel 10 and can be fixed.
 本発明においてステージは、支持体付き表示装置用パネルをその固定面上に保持して固定できるものであれば特に限定されないが、図3に示したように、真空吸着することで吸着して固定するものであることが好ましい。支持体付き表示装置用パネルの表面にキズが付き難く、また、短時間で脱着可能だからである。 In the present invention, the stage is not particularly limited as long as it can hold and fix the display device panel with the support on its fixed surface, but as shown in FIG. 3, it is sucked and fixed by vacuum suction. It is preferable that This is because the surface of the panel for a display device with a support is hardly scratched, and can be detached in a short time.
 また、ステージはその固定面上に支持体付き表示装置用パネルを載置して、支持体付き表示装置用パネルを保持できるものであり、固定面上の広さ(面積)は固定する支持体付き表示装置用パネルにおける薄板ガラス基板の主面面積と同程度であることが好ましい。 Further, the stage can hold the display device panel with a support by placing the support device display panel on the fixed surface, and the width (area) of the fixed surface on the support surface is fixed. It is preferable that it is the same extent as the main surface area of the thin glass substrate in a display panel for a display.
 なお、本発明においてステージの固定面について、図1~3に示したように水平面としたが、水平面に限定されるものではなく、曲面であっても良い。図15はステージ20の固定面の一部が曲面である場合における剥離方法について説明するための概略断面図である。まず、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10を、固定面20aの一部が曲面となっているステージ20に固定し、支持体17bの樹脂層18b(図3参照)と表示装置用パネル16の薄板ガラス基板12b(図3参照)との間にナイフ30が挿入された初期段階(図15(a))では、ナイフ30は樹脂層18bの表面に沿うように移動して、支持体17bと表示装置用パネル16との剥離のきっかけを与える(図15(b))。それ以降は(図15(c))、吸着パッド82を用いて支持体17bを吸着して、支持体17bと表示装置用パネル16とを剥離する。ステージ20の固定面20aが曲面になっているため、固定面が水平面のステージ20と比較して支持体17bの変形を小さく抑えることができ、剥離時に支持体17bが破壊するおそれがない。
 また、ステージ20を可撓性部材にして、順次撓み変形させながら全面剥離しても良い。図16はステージ20が可撓性部材である場合における剥離方法について説明するための概略断面図である。まず、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10を、固定面が水平の可撓性ステージ20に固定し、支持体17bの樹脂層18b(図3参照)と表示装置用パネル16の薄板ガラス基板12b(図3参照)との間にナイフ30が挿入された初期段階(図16(a))では、ナイフ30は樹脂層18bの表面に沿うように移動して、支持体17bと表示装置用パネル16との剥離のきっかけを与える(図16(b))。それ以降は(図6(c))、吸着パッド82を用いて支持体17bを吸着して、さらにステージ20下方に設けた別の吸着パッド82でステージ20を吸着して、支持体17bおよびステージ20を順次撓み変形させながら、支持体17bと表示装置用パネル16とを剥離する。ステージ20を可撓性部材にして、順次撓み変形させながら剥離するため、固定面が水平面のまま変形しないステージと比較して支持体17bの変形を小さく抑えることができ、剥離時に支持体17bが破壊するおそれがない。
In the present invention, the fixed surface of the stage is a horizontal plane as shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, but is not limited to a horizontal plane and may be a curved surface. FIG. 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining a peeling method when a part of the fixed surface of the stage 20 is a curved surface. First, the display device panel 10 with the support is fixed to the stage 20 in which a part of the fixing surface 20a is curved, and the resin layer 18b (see FIG. 3) of the support 17b and the thin plate of the display device panel 16 are fixed. In the initial stage (FIG. 15 (a)) in which the knife 30 is inserted between the glass substrate 12b (see FIG. 3), the knife 30 moves along the surface of the resin layer 18b to display the support 17b. A trigger for separation from the device panel 16 is provided (FIG. 15B). After that (FIG. 15C), the support 17b is sucked using the suction pad 82, and the support 17b and the display device panel 16 are peeled off. Since the fixed surface 20a of the stage 20 is a curved surface, the deformation of the support 17b can be suppressed smaller than that of the stage 20 having a fixed surface, and there is no possibility that the support 17b is broken during peeling.
Alternatively, the stage 20 may be a flexible member, and the entire surface may be peeled while being sequentially bent and deformed. FIG. 16 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining a peeling method when the stage 20 is a flexible member. First, the display device panel 10 with the support is fixed to the flexible stage 20 whose fixing surface is horizontal, the resin layer 18b (see FIG. 3) of the support 17b and the thin glass substrate 12b of the display device panel 16 (see FIG. 3). In the initial stage (FIG. 16A) in which the knife 30 is inserted between the support member 17b and the display device panel 16 at the initial stage (FIG. 16A), the knife 30 moves along the surface of the resin layer 18b. This gives an opportunity to peel off (FIG. 16B). After that (FIG. 6C), the support 17b is sucked by using the suction pad 82, and the stage 20 is sucked by another suction pad 82 provided below the stage 20, thereby supporting the support 17b and the stage. The support body 17b and the display device panel 16 are peeled off while sequentially bending and deforming 20. Since the stage 20 is made to be a flexible member and is peeled while being sequentially bent and deformed, the deformation of the support 17b can be kept small compared to a stage that is not deformed while the fixed surface remains horizontal. There is no risk of destruction.
 また、図3においてθで示す角度はナイフの挿入角度を表わしている。すなわち挿入角度(θ)とは、ナイフの上面と(ナイフが後述する図4に示すような二段刃の場合であれば、ナイフの中段部および後端部の上面)と、剥離される支持体17bの樹脂層18bの表面とがなす角度である。 In FIG. 3, the angle indicated by θ represents the knife insertion angle. That is, the insertion angle (θ) means the upper surface of the knife (if the knife is a two-stage blade as shown in FIG. 4 described later), and the support to be peeled off. This is an angle formed by the surface of the resin layer 18b of the body 17b.
<ナイフ>
 ナイフ30およびナイフ300は、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10から支持体17bを剥離するために用いるものであり、支持ガラス基板19bと樹脂層18bとからなる支持体17bと薄板ガラス基板12bとの界面に挿入して剥離する。
<Knife>
The knife 30 and the knife 300 are used for peeling the support 17b from the display device panel 10 with a support. Insert into the interface and peel off.
 剥離装置1におけるナイフ30の形状について、図4を用いて説明する。なお、ここではナイフ30についてのみ説明するが、剥離装置11におけるナイフ300の形状は、剥離装置1におけるナイフ30と同様であってよい。
 図4(a)はナイフ30の概略上面図であり、図4(b)は概略端面図である。
 本発明で用いられるナイフの大きさ、形状等は特に限定されないが、好適実施例であるナイフ30は図4に示すような大きさおよび形状である。すなわち、図4(a)に示すように、上から見るとナイフ30は矩形であり、幅が10mm、長さが100mmの大きさである。また、図4(b)に示すように厚さは0.1mmであり、二段刃となっている。二段刃を構成する図4(b)に示す先端部30aは尖っていて端面から見ると25度の角度をなしており、中段部30bは15度の角度をなしており、後端部30cは平坦になっている。
The shape of the knife 30 in the peeling apparatus 1 is demonstrated using FIG. Although only the knife 30 will be described here, the shape of the knife 300 in the peeling device 11 may be the same as that of the knife 30 in the peeling device 1.
4A is a schematic top view of the knife 30, and FIG. 4B is a schematic end view.
The size, shape and the like of the knife used in the present invention are not particularly limited, but the knife 30 which is a preferred embodiment has a size and shape as shown in FIG. That is, as shown in FIG. 4A, when viewed from above, the knife 30 has a rectangular shape with a width of 10 mm and a length of 100 mm. Moreover, as shown in FIG.4 (b), thickness is 0.1 mm and it is a two-stage blade. The tip portion 30a shown in FIG. 4 (b) constituting the two-stage blade is sharp and has an angle of 25 degrees when viewed from the end face, and the middle step portion 30b has an angle of 15 degrees, and the rear end portion 30c. Is flat.
 上記のようにナイフ30の大きさは幅が10mm、長さが100mmであるが、本発明で用いられるナイフの大きさは幅が5~50mm、長さが30~200mmであることが好ましい。また、厚さは0.05~1.0mmであることが好ましい。
 また、ナイフ30のように二段刃となっていることが好ましい。ナイフの先端が薄板ガラス基板や樹脂層の表面に損傷を与えることを防止できるからである。
 また、上記のようにナイフ30における先端部30aがなす角度は25度程度であるが、本発明で用いられるナイフが二段刃の場合、先端部がなす角度は20~30度であることが好ましい。また、同様に、中段部がなす角度は10~20度であることが好ましい。また、先端の曲率は特に限定されないが、曲率半径が0.001mm以上であることが好ましい。さらに、本発明に用いられるナイフは、図4に示すように両刃であるのが好ましいが、片刃であっても良い。
As described above, the size of the knife 30 is 10 mm in width and 100 mm in length, but the size of the knife used in the present invention is preferably 5 to 50 mm in width and 30 to 200 mm in length. The thickness is preferably 0.05 to 1.0 mm.
Moreover, it is preferable that it is a two-stage blade like the knife 30. This is because the tip of the knife can be prevented from damaging the surface of the thin glass substrate or the resin layer.
Further, as described above, the angle formed by the tip 30a of the knife 30 is about 25 degrees, but when the knife used in the present invention is a two-stage blade, the angle formed by the tip is 20 to 30 degrees. preferable. Similarly, the angle formed by the middle step is preferably 10 to 20 degrees. Further, the curvature of the tip is not particularly limited, but the curvature radius is preferably 0.001 mm or more. Furthermore, the knife used in the present invention is preferably a double-edged blade as shown in FIG. 4, but may be a single-edged blade.
 次にナイフの材質および変形能等について説明する。
 ナイフ30およびナイフ300の材質は特に限定されない。例えばステンレス等の金属、セラミックス、プラスチック、硬質ゴムが挙げられる。
 また、樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板との間に挿入されて、樹脂層および/または薄板ガラス基板から何らかの作用(力)を受けた場合には変形し、作用が解除された場合には可逆的に変形も解除されて、元の形状に戻る材料であることが好ましい。例えばゴムのような弾性体を好ましく例示できるが、ナイフへ加えられる作用(力)が大きくない範囲では金属等も弾性体として振る舞うので、好ましく用いることができる。
 また、ヤング率が1,000~400,000N/mm、好ましくは200,000N/mm程度の材料からなるものであることが好ましい。ステンレスはヤング率が206,000N/mmであり、好ましく用いることができる材料である。
Next, the material and deformability of the knife will be described.
The material of the knife 30 and the knife 300 is not particularly limited. Examples thereof include metals such as stainless steel, ceramics, plastics, and hard rubber.
Also, it is inserted between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate and deforms when it receives some action (force) from the resin layer and / or thin glass substrate, and reversibly when the action is released. It is preferable that the material be released from the original shape after being deformed. For example, an elastic body such as rubber can be preferably exemplified, but a metal or the like behaves as an elastic body in a range where the action (force) applied to the knife is not large, and therefore can be preferably used.
Further, it is preferable that the material is made of a material having a Young's modulus of about 1,000 to 400,000 N / mm 2 , preferably about 200,000 N / mm 2 . Stainless steel has a Young's modulus of 206,000 N / mm 2 and can be preferably used.
 また、剥離装置1のナイフ30は、特定の曲げ剛性[N・mm]を備えるものである。
 具体的には、ナイフ30の形状が例えば上記の図4で示されるようなものである場合、その上面へ加えられた荷重(厚さ方向の荷重)に対する曲げ剛性(以下、「曲げ剛性A」とする。)は、5,000N・mm以下であり、200N・mm以下であることが好ましい。
 また、ナイフ30の形状が例えば上記の図4で示されるようなものである場合、その幅方向の荷重に対する曲げ剛性(長さ方向の辺(面)へ荷重が加わった場合の曲げ剛性)(以下、「曲げ剛性B」とする。)は、200,000N・mm以上であり、1,000,000N・mm以上であることが好ましい。
 さらに、曲げ剛性Aが5,000N・mm以下であって、かつ、曲げ剛性Bが200,000N・mm以上であることがより好ましい。
 なお、ここでいう曲げ剛性(曲げ剛性Aおよび曲げ剛性B)は、ナイフの材質によって決まるヤング率[N/mm]と、断面形状および中立軸の位置によって決まる断面二次モーメント[mm]との積として求められる。
 このように剥離装置1のナイフ30は、上記のような特定範囲の曲げ剛性A、Bを備えるので、樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板との間に挿入された場合に、樹脂層の表面に沿って移動するように、樹脂層および/または薄板ガラス基板からの作用によって変形する。後述するように、剥離装置11のナイフ300は、ナイフ30が備えるような曲げ剛性を備えている必要はないが、備えていても良い。
Moreover, the knife 30 of the peeling apparatus 1 is provided with specific bending rigidity [N · mm 2 ].
Specifically, when the shape of the knife 30 is, for example, as shown in FIG. 4 above, the bending rigidity (hereinafter referred to as “bending rigidity A”) with respect to the load applied to the upper surface (load in the thickness direction). to.) is a 5,000 N · mm 2 or less and preferably 200 N · mm 2 or less.
Further, when the shape of the knife 30 is, for example, as shown in FIG. 4 above, the bending rigidity with respect to the load in the width direction (the bending rigidity when a load is applied to the side (surface) in the length direction) ( hereinafter referred to as "bending stiffness B".) is a 200,000N · mm 2 or more, it is preferable that the 1,000,000N · mm 2 or more.
Furthermore, it is more preferable that the bending rigidity A is 5,000 N · mm 2 or less and the bending rigidity B is 200,000 N · mm 2 or more.
Note that the bending stiffness (bending stiffness A and bending stiffness B) here is the Young's modulus [N / mm 2 ] determined by the material of the knife, and the sectional moment [mm 4 ] determined by the sectional shape and the position of the neutral axis. As the product of
Thus, since the knife 30 of the peeling apparatus 1 is provided with the bending rigidity A and B in the specific range as described above, when inserted between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate, along the surface of the resin layer. As it moves, it is deformed by the action from the resin layer and / or the thin glass substrate. As will be described later, the knife 300 of the peeling apparatus 11 does not need to have the bending rigidity as the knife 30 has, but may have it.
 次に剥離装置1のナイフ30を支持する支持部について説明する。
 ナイフ30は、図5に示すような構造を備える支持部61によって支持されていることが好ましい。図5(a)は剥離装置1におけるナイフ30およびこれを支持する支持部61の概略斜視図である。また、図5(b)、(c)は、図5(a)における一方のアーム611の動きを示す概略上面図である。図5(b)、(c)においてはナイフ30を省略し図示していない。
 図5における支持部61は2つの板状のアーム611を有し、これらとナイフ30とが連結されている。アーム611は、ナイフ30へ何らかの力が加えられた場合に、ナイフ30自体の変形を邪魔しないように変形することができる。
 例えば図5(b)に示すように、2つのアーム611が互いに近づくように変形することができる。また、例えば図5(c)に示すように、上から見た場合にS字状となるように変形することができる。
Next, the support part which supports the knife 30 of the peeling apparatus 1 is demonstrated.
It is preferable that the knife 30 is supported by the support part 61 provided with a structure as shown in FIG. FIG. 5A is a schematic perspective view of the knife 30 and the support portion 61 that supports the knife 30 in the peeling apparatus 1. FIGS. 5B and 5C are schematic top views showing the movement of one arm 611 in FIG. 5A. In FIGS. 5B and 5C, the knife 30 is omitted and not shown.
The support part 61 in FIG. 5 has two plate-like arms 611, and these are connected to the knife 30. The arm 611 can be deformed so as not to disturb the deformation of the knife 30 itself when some force is applied to the knife 30.
For example, as shown in FIG. 5B, the two arms 611 can be deformed so as to approach each other. Further, for example, as shown in FIG. 5C, it can be deformed so as to have an S shape when viewed from above.
 ナイフ30は上記のような特定範囲の曲げ剛性A、Bを備えることに加え、さらに上記のような支持部によって支持されているので、樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板との間に挿入された場合に、樹脂層の表面に沿って移動するように、樹脂層および/または薄板ガラス基板からの作用によって、より変形し易い。
 より具体的には、例えば、図6に示すように(図6(a)~(c)では支持部61を省略して示している。)、樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板との間にナイフが挿入された初期段階(図6(b))では、ナイフ30はそれ自体の法線方向の変形によって樹脂層の表面に沿うように移動し、それ以降は(図6(c))、挿入方向におけるナイフ30と支持体付き表示装置用パネル10とが接触する部分およびナイフ30と支持部とが連結している部分を支点とする回転方向の変形かつ回転方向と複合されたいわゆる自体のねじれ現象によって、樹脂層の表面に沿って移動できる。
In addition to providing the bending rigidity A and B in the specific range as described above, the knife 30 is further supported by the support portion as described above, and therefore when the knife 30 is inserted between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate. In order to move along the surface of the resin layer, it is more easily deformed by the action from the resin layer and / or the thin glass substrate.
More specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 6 (in FIGS. 6A to 6C, the support portion 61 is omitted), a knife is provided between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate. In the initial stage of insertion (FIG. 6B), the knife 30 moves along the surface of the resin layer by deformation in its normal direction, and thereafter (FIG. 6C), the insertion direction. The deformation of the rotation direction and the so-called twisting phenomenon combined with the rotation direction with the portion where the knife 30 and the display device panel 10 with the support come into contact with each other and the portion where the knife 30 and the support portion are connected to each other as a fulcrum Can move along the surface of the resin layer.
 これに対して、剥離装置11のナイフ300は、ナイフ30が備えるような曲げ剛性を備えず、支持部61のような支持構造も備えない。よって、樹脂層や薄板ガラス基板からの作用によっては変形しない。そこで剥離装置11は、剥離装置1が備えない回転機構および挿入角度設定機構を有する挿入角度調整ユニットならびに法線方向移動機構を備える必要がある。
 なお、本発明の剥離装置は、ナイフ30のような変形能を備えるナイフを有し、かつ、剥離装置11のように挿入角度調整ユニットおよび法線方向移動機構を備えることを除外するものではない。むしろ、変形能(変形の程度)によっては、ナイフがより好ましく動く場合もある。
On the other hand, the knife 300 of the peeling apparatus 11 does not have the bending rigidity that the knife 30 has, and does not have the support structure such as the support portion 61. Therefore, it is not deformed by the action from the resin layer or the thin glass substrate. Therefore, the peeling device 11 needs to include an insertion angle adjusting unit having a rotation mechanism and an insertion angle setting mechanism that the peeling device 1 does not have, and a normal direction moving mechanism.
In addition, the peeling apparatus of this invention has a knife provided with a deformability like the knife 30, and does not exclude having an insertion angle adjustment unit and a normal direction moving mechanism like the peeling apparatus 11. . Rather, depending on the deformability (degree of deformation), the knife may move more favorably.
<法線方向移動ユニット>
 剥離装置1における法線方向移動ユニット40について、図1(a)を用いて説明する。剥離装置11も同様の法線方向移動ユニット40を有する。
 剥離装置1において法線方向移動ユニット40は第2移動側部材40aおよび第2固定側部材40bを有する。第2移動側部材40aと第2固定側部材40bとは図示しないクロスローラーガイドを介して繋がっており、図示しないサーボモーターを駆動させることで、第2固定側部材40bに対して第2移動側部材40aを法線方向へ移動させ、これに繋がっているナイフ30を法線方向へ移動させることができる。
 前述のように、法線方向とはステージ20の固定面20a(図3参照)における法線と平行な方向を意味する。剥離装置1におけるステージ20の固定面20aは水平面であるので、剥離装置1においては(剥離装置11においても)法線方向とは、上下方向(鉛直方向)となる。
 このようにしてステージ20の固定面20a上に固定された支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の端面であって、剥離される支持体17bにおける樹脂層18bと薄板ガラス基板12bとの界面にナイフ30を挿入できるように(図3参照)、その位置を調整することができる。
<Normal direction moving unit>
The normal direction moving unit 40 in the peeling apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIG. The peeling apparatus 11 also has a similar normal direction moving unit 40.
In the peeling apparatus 1, the normal direction moving unit 40 includes a second moving side member 40a and a second fixed side member 40b. The second moving side member 40a and the second fixed side member 40b are connected via a cross roller guide (not shown), and a second moving side with respect to the second fixed side member 40b is driven by driving a servo motor (not shown). The member 40a can be moved in the normal direction, and the knife 30 connected thereto can be moved in the normal direction.
As described above, the normal direction means a direction parallel to the normal on the fixed surface 20a of the stage 20 (see FIG. 3). Since the fixing surface 20a of the stage 20 in the peeling apparatus 1 is a horizontal plane, in the peeling apparatus 1 (also in the peeling apparatus 11), the normal direction is the vertical direction (vertical direction).
In this way, the knife 30 is provided at the interface between the resin layer 18b and the thin glass substrate 12b of the support 17b to be peeled, which is the end face of the display device panel 10 with the support fixed on the fixed surface 20a of the stage 20. The position can be adjusted so that can be inserted (see FIG. 3).
 本発明において法線方向移動ユニットは、ナイフを法線方向の所望の位置へ移動させることができるユニットであれば特に限定されない。 In the present invention, the normal direction moving unit is not particularly limited as long as it can move the knife to a desired position in the normal direction.
<挿入角度調整ユニット>
 剥離装置11は回転(または回動)機構50と上下限設定機構としてのストッパー51とを有する挿入角度調整ユニット59を具備する。剥離装置1は挿入角度調整ユニットを有さない。
 剥離装置11における回転機構50について、図2(a)および図7を用いて説明する。
 剥離装置11において回転機構50は、回転軸54とナイフ300とがブラケット52を介して連結していて、回転(または回動)軸54が所定角度回転(または回動)することでナイフ300も所定角度回転(または回動)することができる機構となっている。
 図7はこのような回転機構50を説明するための概略断面図であり、回転軸54の中心において水平に切った断面を上から見た図である。
 図7において矩形のナイフ300は、その三辺がブラケット52に固定に固定されていて、さらにブラケット52は回転軸54に固定されているので、回転軸54が回転することでナイフ300も同じように回転する。回転軸54は樹脂製のすべりブッシュ56を介してブラケット58で支えられている。ブラケット58は図2(a)に示す第3移動部材本体4に固定されている。また、図2(a)および図7に示すように、ナイフ300の先端と回転軸54の中心とは略一致している。したがってナイフ300はその先端を中心として回転することができる。
<Insertion angle adjustment unit>
The peeling apparatus 11 includes an insertion angle adjustment unit 59 having a rotation (or rotation) mechanism 50 and a stopper 51 as an upper / lower limit setting mechanism. The peeling apparatus 1 does not have an insertion angle adjustment unit.
The rotation mechanism 50 in the peeling apparatus 11 is demonstrated using FIG. 2 (a) and FIG.
In the peeling device 11, the rotation mechanism 50 is configured such that the rotation shaft 54 and the knife 300 are connected via the bracket 52, and the rotation (or rotation) shaft 54 rotates (or rotates) by a predetermined angle. It is a mechanism that can rotate (or rotate) a predetermined angle.
FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining such a rotation mechanism 50, and is a view of a cross-section cut horizontally from the center of the rotation shaft 54.
In FIG. 7, the rectangular knife 300 has three sides fixed to the bracket 52, and the bracket 52 is also fixed to the rotating shaft 54. Therefore, the knife 300 is the same when the rotating shaft 54 rotates. Rotate to. The rotating shaft 54 is supported by a bracket 58 via a resin sliding bush 56. The bracket 58 is fixed to the third moving member main body 4 shown in FIG. Further, as shown in FIGS. 2A and 7, the tip of the knife 300 and the center of the rotating shaft 54 substantially coincide with each other. Therefore, the knife 300 can rotate around its tip.
 また、図2(a)に示すように、剥離装置11はストッパー51を有する。ストッパー51は第3移動部材本体4と連結されており、第3移動部材本体4に対して相対的に法線方向(上下方向)に移動させて所望の位置で固定することができる。よって、固定すれば、ストッパー51は第3移動部材本体4の法線方向の移動に追従して移動する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 2A, the peeling device 11 has a stopper 51. The stopper 51 is connected to the third moving member main body 4, and can be fixed in a desired position by moving in the normal direction (vertical direction) relative to the third moving member main body 4. Therefore, if fixed, the stopper 51 moves following the movement of the third moving member body 4 in the normal direction.
 このようなストッパー51によって、ナイフ300の挿入角度(θ)の上限または下限を調整することができる。ブラケット52の下面を支えるようにストッパー51の位置を決定することで、それ以上、挿入角度(θ)が大きくなる方向へはナイフ300は回転しないので上限を設定することができる。この場合は、逆方向(θが小さくなる方向)へ回転することはできる。
 挿入角度(θ)は特に限定されないものの、2~5度であることが好ましい。
With such a stopper 51, the upper limit or lower limit of the insertion angle (θ) of the knife 300 can be adjusted. By determining the position of the stopper 51 so as to support the lower surface of the bracket 52, the knife 300 does not rotate further in the direction in which the insertion angle (θ) becomes larger, so an upper limit can be set. In this case, it is possible to rotate in the reverse direction (direction in which θ decreases).
The insertion angle (θ) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 5 degrees.
<固定面方向移動ユニット>
 剥離装置1における固定面方向移動ユニット42について、図1(a)を用いて説明する。
 剥離装置11も同様の固定面方向移動ユニットを有する。
 剥離装置1において固定面方向移動ユニット42は第1移動側部材42aおよび第1固定側部材42bを有する。第1移動側部材42aと第1固定側部材42bとは図示しないクロスローラーガイドを介して繋がっており、図示しないサーボモーターを駆動させることで、第1固定側部材42bに対して第1移動側部材42aをステージ20における固定面と平行な方向である固定面方向(図1(a)においては左右方向)へ移動させ、これに繋がっているナイフ30を固定面方向へ移動させることができる。そして、ナイフ30を樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板との間を移動させることができる。
<Fixed surface direction moving unit>
The fixed surface direction moving unit 42 in the peeling apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIG.
The peeling apparatus 11 also has a similar fixed surface direction moving unit.
In the peeling apparatus 1, the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 includes a first moving side member 42a and a first fixed side member 42b. The first moving side member 42a and the first fixed side member 42b are connected via a cross roller guide (not shown), and a first moving side with respect to the first fixed side member 42b is driven by driving a servo motor (not shown). The member 42a can be moved in the fixed surface direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 1A) that is parallel to the fixed surface of the stage 20, and the knife 30 connected thereto can be moved in the fixed surface direction. Then, the knife 30 can be moved between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate.
 本発明において固定面方向移動ユニットは、ナイフを固定面方向の所望の位置へ移動させることができるユニットであれば特に限定されない。 In the present invention, the fixed surface direction moving unit is not particularly limited as long as it can move the knife to a desired position in the fixed surface direction.
<法線方向移動機構>
 剥離装置11における法線方向移動機構44について、図2(a)を用いて説明する。
 剥離装置11において法線方向移動機構44は第3移動側部材44a、第3固定側部材44bおよびストッパー44cを有する。第3移動側部材44aと第3固定側部材44bとは図示しないクロスローラーガイドを介して繋がっており、第3固定側部材44bに対して第3移動側部材44aが法線方向(上方向)に自由に移動することができる。
 また、ストッパー44cは法線方向移動ユニット40の第2移動側部材40aと連結しており、第2移動側部材40aに対して相対的に法線方向(上下方向)に移動させて所望の位置で固定することができる。よって、固定すれば、ストッパー44cは第2移動側部材40aの法線方向(上下方向)の移動に追従して移動する。
 このようなストッパー44cによって、ナイフ30の法線方向(上下方向)の最下位置を決定することができる。第2移動部材本体5の下面を支えるようにストッパー44cの位置を決定することで、それよりも下へはナイフ30は移動しない。上方向へは移動することはできる。
<Normal direction moving mechanism>
The normal direction moving mechanism 44 in the peeling apparatus 11 will be described with reference to FIG.
In the peeling apparatus 11, the normal direction moving mechanism 44 includes a third moving side member 44a, a third fixed side member 44b, and a stopper 44c. The third moving side member 44a and the third fixed side member 44b are connected via a cross roller guide (not shown), and the third moving side member 44a is in the normal direction (upward direction) with respect to the third fixed side member 44b. Can move freely.
The stopper 44c is connected to the second moving side member 40a of the normal direction moving unit 40, and is moved in the normal direction (vertical direction) relative to the second moving side member 40a to a desired position. It can be fixed with. Therefore, if fixed, the stopper 44c moves following the movement in the normal direction (vertical direction) of the second moving side member 40a.
With such a stopper 44c, the lowest position in the normal direction (vertical direction) of the knife 30 can be determined. By determining the position of the stopper 44c so as to support the lower surface of the second moving member main body 5, the knife 30 does not move downward. You can move up.
 本発明において法線方向移動機構は、ナイフの全体が上方向に移動できる機構であれば特に限定されない。 In the present invention, the normal direction moving mechanism is not particularly limited as long as the entire knife can move upward.
<負荷加重検出ユニット>
 剥離装置1における負荷加重検出ユニットについて、図1(a)を用いて説明する。剥離装置11も同様の負荷加重検出ユニットを有する。
 剥離装置1はナイフ30への負荷加重検出ユニットとして三成分力センサー46を、第3移動部材本体4と第2移動部材本体5とで挟むように備えている。
 本発明の剥離装置は、このようなナイフへの負荷加重検出ユニットを備えることが好ましい。また、できるだけナイフの近傍に備えることが好ましい。本発明の剥離装置がナイフへの負荷加重検出装置を備えると、ナイフを用いて支持体を剥離する際に、無理な力を加えることなく剥離することができるので好ましい。
<Load weight detection unit>
The load weight detection unit in the peeling apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIG. The peeling apparatus 11 also has a similar load weight detection unit.
The peeling apparatus 1 includes a three-component force sensor 46 as a load-weighted detection unit for the knife 30 so as to be sandwiched between the third moving member body 4 and the second moving member body 5.
The peeling apparatus of the present invention preferably includes a load weight detection unit for such a knife. Moreover, it is preferable to prepare as close to the knife as possible. It is preferable that the peeling device of the present invention is provided with a load load detection device for a knife, since it can be peeled without applying an excessive force when the support is peeled off using the knife.
<吸着パッド>
 剥離装置1、11は、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10における支持ガラス基板19bの第2主面に吸着する複数の吸着パッド60を備えている。
 本発明ではこのような吸着パッドを備え、これを用いて支持体付き表示装置用パネル10から支持体を剥離することが好ましい。
<Suction pad>
The peeling devices 1 and 11 include a plurality of suction pads 60 that are sucked to the second main surface of the supporting glass substrate 19b in the display device panel 10 with a support.
In this invention, it is preferable to provide such a suction pad and to peel a support body from the display apparatus panel 10 with a support body using this.
 剥離装置1、11が備える吸着パッドについて図を用いて説明する。
 図8は、剥離装置1、11の一部を示す概略斜視図である。図8において剥離装置1、11は、ステージ20の固定面上に支持体付き表示装置用パネル10を略水平に固定しており、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10における剥離される支持体17bの支持ガラス基板19b(図3参照)の第2主面を、多数の吸着パッド82が吸着している。
The suction pads provided in the peeling devices 1 and 11 will be described with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 8 is a schematic perspective view showing a part of the peeling apparatuses 1 and 11. 8, the peeling devices 1 and 11 fix the display device panel 10 with a support substantially horizontally on the fixed surface of the stage 20, and the support 17b to be peeled off from the display device panel 10 with a support. A number of suction pads 82 are sucking the second main surface of the support glass substrate 19b (see FIG. 3).
 吸着パッド82は、図8に示すように、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10が固定されるステージ20の上方に複数個配置される。剥離装置1、11においてこれらの吸着パッド82は、フレーム84に碁盤目状に配置されているが、本発明においては必ずしも配置は等ピッチでなくてもよい。このフレーム84は、支持体の剥離時にガイド86に沿って下降移動され、吸着パッド82が支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の上面(支持ガラス基板の第2主面)に当接する直前のタイミングでその下降移動が、図示しない昇降装置によって停止される。 As shown in FIG. 8, a plurality of suction pads 82 are arranged above the stage 20 to which the support-equipped display device panel 10 is fixed. In the peeling apparatuses 1 and 11, these suction pads 82 are arranged in a grid pattern on the frame 84. However, in the present invention, the arrangements are not necessarily equal pitches. The frame 84 is moved down along the guide 86 when the support is peeled off, and at a timing immediately before the suction pad 82 comes into contact with the upper surface of the support-equipped display device panel 10 (second main surface of the support glass substrate). The downward movement is stopped by a lifting device (not shown).
 吸着パッド82のサイズに関しては、サイズが小さいと、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10への保持力が不足して吸着パッド82の個数が多くなり不経済となる。また、吸着パッド82のサイズが大き過ぎると、真空引きにより吸着中央部の支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の変形が大きくなるため、場合によっては支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の損傷の原因になる。このような事情から、吸着パッド82の適正なサイズ(例えば、φ25~80mm、好ましくはφ25~65mm、より好ましくはφ40mm程度)および個数は、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の大きさおよび厚さ等によって選定される。 Regarding the size of the suction pad 82, if the size is small, the holding force to the display device panel 10 with the support is insufficient and the number of the suction pads 82 increases, which is uneconomical. Further, if the suction pad 82 is too large, the deformation of the display device panel 10 with the support in the central portion of the suction due to evacuation becomes large, which may cause damage to the display device panel 10 with the support in some cases. Become. For these reasons, the appropriate size (for example, φ25 to 80 mm, preferably φ25 to 65 mm, more preferably φ40 mm) and the number of the suction pads 82 are the size and thickness of the display device panel 10 with the support. It is selected by etc.
 吸着パッド82は、それぞれ独立したエアーシリンダ88のピストン89に連結され、そのピストン89の伸縮動作により吸着パッド82が昇降移動される。吸着パッド82の下降動作によって、吸着パッド82が支持体付き表示装置用パネル10に押圧当接されて吸着パッド82に支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の上面が吸着され、吸着パッド82の上昇動作によって支持体付き表示装置用パネル10における支持体17b(支持ガラス基板19bおよび樹脂層18b)が表示装置用パネル16から剥離される(図3参照)。 The suction pad 82 is connected to a piston 89 of an independent air cylinder 88, and the suction pad 82 is moved up and down by the expansion and contraction of the piston 89. By the lowering operation of the suction pad 82, the suction pad 82 is pressed and brought into contact with the display device panel 10 with the support, and the upper surface of the display device panel 10 with the support is sucked to the suction pad 82, and the suction pad 82 is lifted. As a result, the support 17b (support glass substrate 19b and resin layer 18b) in the display device panel 10 with the support is peeled from the display device panel 16 (see FIG. 3).
 このような吸着パッド82の上昇動作は、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10全域の吸着パッド82を一斉に上昇動作させるのではなく、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の端部から中央に向けて支持体の剥離の進展に伴って、順番に上昇動作するように制御されることが好ましい。また、吸着パッドの上昇距離は、支持体に許容される曲げ応力やサイズによって調整することが好ましい。
 また、吸着パッド82とピストン89との連結部分にスイベル構造等を用いて、吸着パッド82が傾動可能なように支持すると好ましい。吸着パッド82の吸着面で吸着されている支持ガラス基板19b(図3参照)の部分でも、一端から徐々に剥離されるようにして、剥離を安定化することができるからである。
Such an ascending operation of the suction pad 82 does not cause the suction pads 82 in the entire region of the display device panel 10 with the support to be lifted all at once, but from the end of the display device panel 10 with the support toward the center. As the peeling of the support progresses, it is preferably controlled so as to move up in order. Moreover, it is preferable to adjust the raising distance of the suction pad according to the bending stress and size allowed for the support.
Further, it is preferable to support the suction pad 82 so that the suction pad 82 can be tilted by using a swivel structure or the like at the connecting portion between the suction pad 82 and the piston 89. This is because even the portion of the supporting glass substrate 19b (see FIG. 3) adsorbed by the adsorption surface of the adsorption pad 82 can be gradually exfoliated from one end to stabilize the exfoliation.
 なお、吸着パッドを法線方向へ上昇させて支持体を剥離することは可能であるが、法線方向に対して角度を有する方向へ吸着パッドを上昇させてもよい。例えば、次に詳細に説明するように、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の端部から中央に向けて支持体の剥離の進展に伴って順番に上昇動作する場合、吸着パッドを当該中央方向へ傾くように上昇させると、より容易に支持体を剥離することができ好ましい。 Although it is possible to lift the suction pad in the normal direction and peel the support, the suction pad may be raised in a direction having an angle with respect to the normal direction. For example, as will be described in detail below, when the ascending operation is performed sequentially from the end of the support-equipped display device panel 10 toward the center as the support peels off, the suction pad is moved toward the center. It is preferable that the support is lifted so that the support can be peeled off more easily.
 図9は、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の上面(支持ガラス基板19bの第2主面)であって、図8で示した吸着パッド82が吸着する位置を示す上面図であり、図10は吸着パッド82の制御系を示したブロック図である。なお、図9では右下角部にナイフを挿入するものとし、複数(図8、9では42個)の吸着パッド82における当該角部に最も近い吸着パッドをパッド82a、その隣(左上)の2つの吸着パッドをパッド82b、さらにその隣(左上)の3つの吸着パッド82をパッド82cというように、以降もパッド82d~82lまで符号を付ける。 9 is a top view of the upper surface of the display device panel with a support 10 (second main surface of the support glass substrate 19b), and shows a position where the suction pad 82 shown in FIG. 8 is sucked. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing a control system for the suction pad 82. In FIG. 9, it is assumed that a knife is inserted in the lower right corner, and in the plurality (42 in FIGS. 8 and 9) of suction pads 82, the suction pad closest to the corner is the pad 82a, and the next (upper left) 2 Pads 82d to 82l are also labeled, such that one suction pad is the pad 82b and the three adjacent suction pads 82 (upper left) are the pads 82c.
 これらのパッド82a~82lがそれぞれ独立して動作するように(同じ符号のパッドは同じように動作する)、図10のようにパッド82a~82lのエアーシリンダ88a~88l毎に電磁弁87a~87lが設けられるとともに、これらの電磁弁87a~87lの開閉タイミングが制御部(パッド移動ユニット)90によって時間管理されている。すなわち、ナイフ30またはナイフ300を挿入することによって吸着力を無くした箇所(角部)から順番にパッド82a~82lを所定時間間隔で上昇移動されるように制御されている。すなわち時間制御機能を備えている。これにより、吸着力が残存する箇所を無理に上昇させることによる支持体の破損を防止できる。そして、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の端部から中央に向けて支持体の剥離の進展に伴って順番に上昇動作して剥離することができる。 As shown in FIG. 10, the electromagnetic valves 87a to 87l are provided for the air cylinders 88a to 88l of the pads 82a to 82l as shown in FIG. Is provided, and the opening / closing timing of the electromagnetic valves 87a to 87l is time-controlled by the control unit (pad moving unit) 90. That is, the pads 82a to 82l are controlled so as to be moved upward at predetermined time intervals in order from the portion (corner) where the suction force is lost by inserting the knife 30 or the knife 300. That is, it has a time control function. As a result, it is possible to prevent the support from being damaged by forcibly raising the portion where the adsorption force remains. And it can raise and peel in order with progress of peeling of a support body from the edge part of the panel 10 for display apparatuses with a support toward the center, and can peel.
 また、パッド82a~82lのエアーシリンダ88a~88lは、電磁弁87a~87lと電空レギュレータ85a~85lを介してエアーポンプ83に接続され、これらの電空レギュレータ85a~85lが制御部90によって各々制御されている。すなわち、制御部90によって電空レギュレータ85a~85lを各々制御し、エアーシリンダ88a~88lに供給するエア量を徐々に増加させることにより、吸着パッド82の上昇する力を徐々に上げることができる。このような力制御を実行することによって、最初から無理に上昇する力を上げることに起因する支持体付きガラス基板10の損傷問題を回避でき、かつ剥離に要する必要な時間を最低限に短縮することができる。 The air cylinders 88a to 88l of the pads 82a to 82l are connected to the air pump 83 via electromagnetic valves 87a to 87l and electropneumatic regulators 85a to 85l. These electropneumatic regulators 85a to 85l are respectively controlled by the control unit 90. It is controlled. That is, the controller 90 controls each of the electropneumatic regulators 85a to 85l to gradually increase the amount of air supplied to the air cylinders 88a to 88l, thereby gradually increasing the ascending force of the suction pad 82. By executing such force control, it is possible to avoid the problem of damage to the glass substrate 10 with the support caused by increasing the force that is forcibly increased from the beginning, and to minimize the time required for peeling. be able to.
 一方、吸着パッド82は、制御部90によって開閉制御されるバルブ79と電空レギュレータ78とを介してバキュームポンプ77に接続されている。吸着パッド82のエア圧の制御は、レギュレータ78によって行われている。吸着パッド82の上昇のタイミングと上昇する力は、制御部90の操作盤に設けられたタッチパネル等のスイッチ(不図示)を操作することで、オペレータが任意の値に設定することができる。 On the other hand, the suction pad 82 is connected to a vacuum pump 77 via a valve 79 that is controlled to open and close by the control unit 90 and an electropneumatic regulator 78. The regulator 78 controls the air pressure of the suction pad 82. The timing of raising the suction pad 82 and the rising force can be set to an arbitrary value by the operator by operating a switch (not shown) such as a touch panel provided on the operation panel of the control unit 90.
<カメラ>
 剥離装置1、11は、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の端面10xにおけるナイフ30またはナイフ300を挿入する箇所を確定するために、画像処理装置を備えるカメラ70を具備している。カメラ70でナイフ30またはナイフ300の位置情報を画像データとして画像処理装置に取り込み、その画像データを処理し、所望の位置か否かを画像処理装置によって判断して、その結果を法線方向移動ユニット40へフィードバックすることで、ナイフ30またはナイフ300を所望の位置へ移動させることができる。
 本発明ではこのように画像処理装置を備えるカメラを具備し、支持体付き表示装置用パネルの端面におけるナイフを挿入する箇所を画像処理により確定することが好ましい。
 カメラおよび画像処理装置の種類等は特に限定されず、従来公知のものを用いることができる。
<Camera>
The peeling devices 1 and 11 include a camera 70 equipped with an image processing device in order to determine a position where the knife 30 or the knife 300 is inserted in the end surface 10x of the display device panel 10 with a support. The camera 70 captures the position information of the knife 30 or knife 300 as image data into the image processing apparatus, processes the image data, determines whether the position is a desired position, and moves the result in the normal direction. By feeding back to the unit 40, the knife 30 or the knife 300 can be moved to a desired position.
In the present invention, it is preferable that the camera including the image processing apparatus as described above is provided, and the position where the knife is inserted on the end face of the display device-equipped panel is determined by image processing.
The types of the camera and the image processing apparatus are not particularly limited, and conventionally known ones can be used.
<吹付け装置>
 剥離装置1、11は、剥離される支持体17bにおける樹脂層18bと表示装置用パネル16の薄板ガラス基板12bとの界面に除電用物質(水等)を吹付けることができるノズル73を備えている(図3参照)。
 本発明の剥離装置を用いて剥離すると、得られる表示装置用パネルが帯電する場合がある。例えば+10kVの帯電圧を呈する場合もある。そこで、剥離時に除電用物質を吹付けると、上記の帯電を抑制することができる。
 除電用物質としては、水や水蒸気などのイオン化された液体および/または気体が挙げられる。また、パルス電源装置等によりイオン化された空気や他のガスが挙げられる。
<Blowing device>
The peeling apparatuses 1 and 11 include a nozzle 73 that can spray a charge-removing substance (water or the like) on the interface between the resin layer 18b of the support 17b to be peeled and the thin glass substrate 12b of the display device panel 16. (See FIG. 3).
When peeling is performed using the peeling device of the present invention, the resulting display panel may be charged. For example, a charged voltage of +10 kV may be exhibited. Therefore, the above-described charging can be suppressed by spraying a neutralizing substance at the time of peeling.
Examples of the neutralizing substance include ionized liquids and / or gases such as water and water vapor. Moreover, the air ionized with the pulse power supply device etc. and other gas are mentioned.
 また、吹付け装置では、除電用物質以外のもの(空気等)を吹付けることもできる。この場合、剥離を促進する効果を奏する。除電用物質を吹き付けた場合でも、同様の効果を奏する。例えば水や水および空気の混合流体を吹付けることで、除電作用および剥離促進作用を奏し好ましい。
 本発明ではこのような吹付け装置を備えることで、これを用いて支持体付き表示装置用パネル10から支持体を剥離することができる。
Moreover, in a spraying apparatus, things (air etc.) other than the substance for static elimination can also be sprayed. In this case, there is an effect of promoting peeling. The same effect can be obtained even when the neutralizing substance is sprayed. For example, spraying water or a mixed fluid of water and air is preferable because it provides a static elimination action and a peeling promotion action.
In this invention, by providing such a spraying apparatus, a support body can be peeled from the panel 10 for display apparatuses with a support body using this.
<帯電制御装置>
 剥離装置1、11は、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10と地面とを導体で繋げて支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の帯電を抑制する、すなわちアースを取るための帯電抑制装置75を備えている(図3参照)。
 表示装置用部材と接する薄板ガラス基板の表面(主面)の周縁に、例えば透明電極膜で形成された駆動電圧が印加されていない非駆動電極膜からなるガードリングが形成されており、このガードリングと導体を接続してアースを取ることが好ましい。
 本発明の剥離装置を用いて剥離すると、得られる表示装置用パネルが帯電する場合がある。例えば+10kVの帯電圧を呈する場合もある。そこで、上記のような帯電抑制装置を備えると、上記の帯電を抑制することができる。
 本発明ではこのような帯電抑制装置を備えると、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10から支持体を好ましく剥離することができる。
<Charging control device>
The peeling devices 1 and 11 include a charging suppression device 75 for connecting the display device panel with support 10 and the ground with a conductor to suppress charging of the display device panel 10 with support, that is, for grounding. (See FIG. 3).
On the periphery of the surface (main surface) of the thin glass substrate in contact with the display device member, for example, a guard ring made of a non-driving electrode film formed with a transparent electrode film to which a driving voltage is not applied is formed. It is preferable to connect the ring and the conductor for grounding.
When peeling is performed using the peeling device of the present invention, the resulting display panel may be charged. For example, a charged voltage of +10 kV may be exhibited. Therefore, when the above-described charging suppression device is provided, the above charging can be suppressed.
In the present invention, when such a charge suppressing device is provided, the support can be preferably peeled from the display device panel 10 with the support.
 上記で説明した剥離装置1、11では、ステージ20の固定面20aは水平面であったが、本発明の剥離装置において固定面は、水平面、すなわち、部屋の床などと平行な面でなくてもよい。例えば鉛直方向に平行な面であってもよいし、これと斜めに交わる面であってもよい。さらに、ステージだけではなく、本発明の剥離装置自体が設置される方向についても全く限定されない。例えば図1および図2に示した剥離装置1および剥離装置11における左右と上下とが入れ替わった配置で、設置されていてもよい。 In the peeling apparatuses 1 and 11 described above, the fixing surface 20a of the stage 20 is a horizontal plane. However, in the peeling apparatus of the present invention, the fixing surface may not be a horizontal plane, that is, a plane parallel to the floor of the room. Good. For example, the surface may be a surface parallel to the vertical direction, or may be a surface that intersects obliquely therewith. Further, not only the stage but also the direction in which the peeling apparatus of the present invention is installed is not limited at all. For example, the left and right and the top and bottom of the peeling device 1 and the peeling device 11 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 may be interchanged.
<剥離方法(その1)>
 次に、剥離装置1を用いた剥離方法について図1(a)~(d)を用いて説明する。
 初めに、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10における、後に剥離される支持体が付いていない方の主面を、ステージ20が備える平面状の固定面へ密着させ固定する(図1(a))。つまり、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10を、剥離される支持体が付いた主面を上、それと反対の主面が下となるようにステージ20上に真空吸着して固定する。
<Peeling method (part 1)>
Next, a peeling method using the peeling apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIGS.
First, the main surface of the display device-equipped panel 10 without a support to be peeled later is brought into close contact with and fixed to a planar fixed surface provided in the stage 20 (FIG. 1A). . That is, the display device panel 10 with the support is fixed by vacuum suction on the stage 20 so that the main surface with the support to be peeled is on the top and the opposite main surface is on the bottom.
 次に、図1(b)に示すように、法線方向移動ユニット40によってナイフ30の法線方向(上下方向)の位置を調整する。具体的には、サーボモーターを駆動させることで、第2固定側部材40bに対して第2移動側部材40aをステージ20の固定面の法線方向(上下方向)に移動させて、剥離される支持体における樹脂層18bの表面と薄板ガラス基板12bの第1主面との界面にナイフ30を挿入できるように、その位置を調整する。 Next, as shown in FIG. 1B, the normal direction moving unit 40 adjusts the position of the knife 30 in the normal direction (vertical direction). Specifically, by driving the servo motor, the second moving side member 40a is moved in the normal direction (vertical direction) of the fixed surface of the stage 20 with respect to the second fixed side member 40b, and is peeled off. The position is adjusted so that the knife 30 can be inserted into the interface between the surface of the resin layer 18b in the support and the first main surface of the thin glass substrate 12b.
 次に、図1(c)および(d)に示すように、固定面方向移動ユニット42によってナイフ30を挿入し、押し込む。このようにして樹脂層18bと薄板ガラス基板12bとの界面にナイフ30を固定面方向の挿入方向に挿入して押し込むと、図5、図6を用いて説明したようにナイフ30および支持部61が変形する。本発明の剥離装置の好適実施態様である剥離装置1は、ナイフ30にこのような動きをさせることができるので、支持体と前記表示装置用パネルとを好ましく剥離することができる。 Next, as shown in FIGS. 1C and 1D, the knife 30 is inserted by the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 and pushed in. Thus, when the knife 30 is inserted into the interface between the resin layer 18b and the thin glass substrate 12b in the insertion direction of the fixed surface and pushed in, as described with reference to FIGS. Is deformed. Since the peeling apparatus 1 which is a suitable embodiment of the peeling apparatus of this invention can make the knife 30 perform such a motion, it can peel preferably a support body and the said panel for display apparatuses.
<剥離方法(その2)>
 次に、剥離装置11を用いた剥離方法について図2(a)~(d)を用いて説明する。
 初めに、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10における、後に剥離される支持体が付いていない方の主面を、ステージ20が備える平面状の固定面へ密着させ固定する(図2(a))。つまり、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10を、剥離される支持体が付いた主面を上、それと反対の主面が下となるようにステージ20上に真空吸着して固定する。
<Peeling method (part 2)>
Next, a peeling method using the peeling apparatus 11 will be described with reference to FIGS.
First, in the panel 10 for a display device with a support, the main surface on which the support to be peeled later is not attached is brought into close contact with and fixed to a planar fixing surface provided in the stage 20 (FIG. 2A). . That is, the display device panel 10 with the support is fixed by vacuum suction on the stage 20 so that the main surface with the support to be peeled is on the top and the opposite main surface is on the bottom.
 次に、図2(a)に示すように、ナイフ300の挿入角度(θ)を調整する。具体的には、回転軸を中心として所定角度回転(回動)させることでナイフ300の挿入角度(θ)を所望の角度に調整し、ブランケット52の下面に接するようにストッパー51を載置することで、挿入角度(θ)を固定することができる。 Next, as shown in FIG. 2A, the insertion angle (θ) of the knife 300 is adjusted. Specifically, the insertion angle (θ) of the knife 300 is adjusted to a desired angle by rotating (turning) a predetermined angle around the rotation axis, and the stopper 51 is placed so as to contact the lower surface of the blanket 52. Thus, the insertion angle (θ) can be fixed.
 次に、図2(b)に示すように、法線方向移動ユニット40によってナイフ300の法線方向(上下方向)の位置を調整する。具体的には、サーボモーターを駆動させることで、第2固定側部材40bに対して第2移動側部材40aを法線方向に移動させて、剥離される支持体における樹脂層18bの表面と薄板ガラス基板12bの第1主面との界面にナイフ30を挿入できるように、その位置を調整する。 Next, as shown in FIG. 2B, the normal direction moving unit 40 adjusts the position of the knife 300 in the normal direction (vertical direction). Specifically, by driving the servo motor, the second moving side member 40a is moved in the normal direction relative to the second fixed side member 40b, and the surface of the resin layer 18b and the thin plate in the support to be peeled off The position is adjusted so that the knife 30 can be inserted into the interface with the first main surface of the glass substrate 12b.
 次に、図2(c)および(d)に示すように、固定面方向移動ユニット42によってナイフ300を挿入し、押し込む。このようにして樹脂層18bと薄板ガラス基板12bとの界面にナイフ300を挿入して押し込むと、ナイフ300がその先端部30aを中心として所定角度回転(回動)して後端部30cが上方向に移動し、さらにナイフ300の全体が上方向および/または固定面方向の挿入方向に移動して、ナイフ300が樹脂層の表面に沿うように移動してさらに押し込まれる(図2(d))。本発明の剥離装置の好適実施態様である剥離装置11は、ナイフ300にこのような動きをさせることができるので、支持体と前記表示装置用パネルとを好ましく剥離することができる。 Next, as shown in FIGS. 2C and 2D, the knife 300 is inserted by the fixed surface direction moving unit 42 and pushed in. When the knife 300 is inserted and pushed into the interface between the resin layer 18b and the thin glass substrate 12b in this way, the knife 300 rotates (rotates) by a predetermined angle around the front end 30a, and the rear end 30c rises. The knife 300 is moved in the upward direction and / or the insertion direction of the fixed surface direction, and the knife 300 is moved along the surface of the resin layer and further pushed in (FIG. 2D). ). Since the peeling device 11 which is a preferred embodiment of the peeling device of the present invention can cause the knife 300 to move in this manner, the support and the display device panel can be preferably peeled off.
 なお、剥離装置1、11において、例えば図3に示すような支持体付き表示装置用パネル10における2つの支持体17aおよび17bを剥離する場合は、まず、例えば一方の支持体17bを剥離し、反転させた後、再度同一のステージの固定面上または別の本発明の剥離装置のステージの固定面上に固定し、他方の支持体17aを剥離することで、表示装置用パネルを得ることができる。 In the peeling devices 1 and 11, for example, when peeling the two supports 17 a and 17 b in the display device panel 10 with a support as shown in FIG. 3, first, for example, one of the supports 17 b is peeled, After reversing, the display device panel can be obtained by fixing again on the fixed surface of the same stage or on the fixed surface of the stage of another peeling apparatus of the present invention and peeling the other support 17a. it can.
 次に、吸着パッドを備える剥離装置1、11を用いた好ましい剥離方法について、図8~10を用いて説明する。 Next, a preferred peeling method using the peeling devices 1 and 11 provided with suction pads will be described with reference to FIGS.
 ステージ20の固定面上に支持体付き表示装置用パネル10が固定された後、フレーム84を下降移動させ、吸着パッド82が支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の表面に当接する直前のタイミングでその下降移動を停止させる。次に、エアーシリンダ88のピストン89を伸長し、吸着パッド82を下降移動させて支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の表面に押圧当接させる。そして、吸着パッド82のエア圧を電空レギュレータ78によって制御し、吸着パッド82のエア圧をある程度の時間をかけて前記設定圧に高める。これにより、全ての吸着パッド82が支持体付き表示装置用パネル10に吸着する。 After the display device panel 10 with the support is fixed on the fixed surface of the stage 20, the frame 84 is moved downward, and the suction pad 82 is immediately before contacting the surface of the display device panel 10 with the support. Stop descending movement. Next, the piston 89 of the air cylinder 88 is extended, and the suction pad 82 is moved downward to be brought into pressure contact with the surface of the display device panel 10 with the support. Then, the air pressure of the suction pad 82 is controlled by the electropneumatic regulator 78, and the air pressure of the suction pad 82 is increased to the set pressure over a certain period of time. Thereby, all the suction pads 82 are attracted | sucked to the display apparatus panel 10 with a support body.
 次に、図9に示すように、ナイフ30(またはナイフ300)によって支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の角部にナイフ30(またはナイフ300)を挿入する。ここでナイフ30(またはナイフ300)は図9に示す吸着パッド82aの直下まで挿入することが好ましい。吸着パッドによる剥離をより容易に好ましく行うことができるからである。そして、この後、制御部90が図10に示す電磁弁87aを制御し、図9に示す支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の角部を吸着保持するパッド82aを剥離方向(法線方向であってよい)に上昇移動させ、支持体17bの角部を表示装置用パネルから剥離する。 Next, as shown in FIG. 9, the knife 30 (or knife 300) is inserted into the corner of the display device panel 10 with a support by the knife 30 (or knife 300). Here, it is preferable to insert the knife 30 (or knife 300) to a position just below the suction pad 82a shown in FIG. This is because peeling with the suction pad can be performed more easily and preferably. After that, the control unit 90 controls the electromagnetic valve 87a shown in FIG. 10, and the pad 82a that sucks and holds the corner portion of the support-equipped display device panel 10 shown in FIG. 9 is peeled off (in the normal direction). The corners of the support 17b are peeled off from the display device panel.
 次に、制御部90は図10の電磁弁87bを開放制御し、図9に示す支持体17bの縁部を吸着保持するパッド82bを剥離方向に上昇移動させ、支持体17bの縁部を表示装置用パネル16(図3参照)から離間する。
 次いで、制御部87は図10の電磁弁87cを開放制御し、図9に示すパッド82cを剥離方向に上昇移動させ、支持体17bの縁部よりも内側に位置する部分を表示装置用パネル16から剥離する。
 以降、同様に行って支持体を表示装置用パネルから完全に剥離することができる。
Next, the control unit 90 controls the opening of the electromagnetic valve 87b in FIG. 10, and moves the pad 82b that sucks and holds the edge of the support 17b shown in FIG. 9 in the peeling direction to display the edge of the support 17b. Separated from the device panel 16 (see FIG. 3).
Next, the controller 87 controls the opening of the electromagnetic valve 87c of FIG. 10, moves the pad 82c shown in FIG. 9 upward in the peeling direction, and places the portion located inside the edge of the support 17b at the display device panel 16. Peel from.
Thereafter, the support can be completely peeled from the display device panel in the same manner.
<支持体付き表示装置用パネル>
 次に、本発明において用いる支持体付き表示装置用パネル、支持体および薄板ガラス基板を有する表示装置用パネルについて説明する。
 本発明の製造方法において用いる支持体付き表示装置用パネルは、第1主面および第2主面を有し第2主面に表示装置用部材を有する薄板ガラス基板の第1主面に、第1主面および第2主面を有する支持ガラス基板の第1主面に固定された易剥離性を有する樹脂層が密着しているものである。
 本発明の実施の形態において、電子デバイスは表示装置用パネルとしたが、本発明はこれに限定されない。その他の電子デバイスとして、太陽電池、薄膜2次電池、表面に回路が形成された半導体ウェハ等の電子部品が挙げられる。表示装置用パネルとは、液晶パネル、有機ELパネル、プラズマディスプレイパネル、フィールドエミッションパネル等を含んでいる。特に薄型表示装置用パネルの製造に適している。その製造プロセスにおいて、枚葉式の製造装置をそのまま利用できることが利点である。
<Panel for display device with support>
Next, the display device panel having the support, the support and the thin glass substrate used in the present invention will be described.
The display device-equipped panel used in the manufacturing method of the present invention has a first main surface, a second main surface, and a first main surface of a thin glass substrate having a display device member on the second main surface. The easily peelable resin layer fixed to the first main surface of the supporting glass substrate having the first main surface and the second main surface is in close contact.
In the embodiment of the present invention, the electronic device is a display device panel, but the present invention is not limited to this. Other electronic devices include electronic components such as solar cells, thin film secondary batteries, and semiconductor wafers having a circuit formed on the surface. The display device panel includes a liquid crystal panel, an organic EL panel, a plasma display panel, a field emission panel, and the like. In particular, it is suitable for manufacturing a panel for a thin display device. In the manufacturing process, it is an advantage that a single wafer manufacturing apparatus can be used as it is.
 支持体付き表示装置用パネルにおいて薄板ガラス基板は、その厚さ、形状、大きさ、物性(熱収縮率、表面形状、耐薬品性等)、組成等は特に限定されず、例えば従来のLCD、OLED等の表示装置用のガラス基板と同様であってよい。 The thickness, shape, size, physical properties (thermal shrinkage, surface shape, chemical resistance, etc.), composition, etc. of the thin glass substrate in the display device panel with a support are not particularly limited. For example, a conventional LCD, It may be the same as a glass substrate for a display device such as an OLED.
 薄板ガラス基板の厚さは0.7mm未満であることが好ましく、0.5mm以下であることがより好ましく、0.4mm以下であることがさらに好ましい。また、0.05mm以上であることが好ましく、0.07mm以上であることがより好ましく、0.1mm以上であることがさらに好ましい。 The thickness of the thin glass substrate is preferably less than 0.7 mm, more preferably 0.5 mm or less, and further preferably 0.4 mm or less. Further, it is preferably 0.05 mm or more, more preferably 0.07 mm or more, and further preferably 0.1 mm or more.
 薄板ガラスの形状は限定されないが、矩形であることが好ましい。 The shape of the thin glass is not limited, but is preferably rectangular.
 薄板ガラスの大きさは限定されないが、例えば矩形の場合は100~2000mm×100~2000mmであってよく、500~1000mm×500~1000mmであることがより好ましい。 The size of the thin glass is not limited, but for example, in the case of a rectangle, it may be 100 to 2000 mm × 100 to 2000 mm, and more preferably 500 to 1000 mm × 500 to 1000 mm.
 このような厚さおよび大きさであっても、本発明の製造方法における剥離工程において、薄板ガラス基板から支持ガラス基板を容易に剥離して分離することができる。 Even with such a thickness and size, the supporting glass substrate can be easily peeled off from the thin glass substrate in the peeling step in the production method of the present invention.
 薄板ガラス基板の熱収縮率、表面形状、耐薬品性等の特性も特に限定されず、製造する表示装置の種類により異なる。
 熱収縮率は小さいことが好ましい。具体的には熱収縮率の指標である線膨張係数が500×10-7/℃以下であることが好ましく、300×10-7/℃以下であることがより好ましく、200×10-7/℃以下であることがより好ましく、100×10-7/℃以下であることがより好ましく、45×10-7/℃以下であることがさらに好ましい。
 なお、本発明において線膨張係数はJIS R3102(1995年)に規定のものを意味する。
Properties of the thin glass substrate such as thermal shrinkage, surface shape, chemical resistance, etc. are not particularly limited, and vary depending on the type of display device to be manufactured.
The heat shrinkage rate is preferably small. Specifically, the linear expansion coefficient, which is an index of the thermal shrinkage rate, is preferably 500 × 10 −7 / ° C. or less, more preferably 300 × 10 −7 / ° C. or less, and 200 × 10 −7 / ° C. More preferably, it is 100 ° C. −7 / ° C. or less, and further preferably 45 × 10 −7 / ° C. or less.
In addition, in this invention, a linear expansion coefficient means a thing prescribed | regulated to JISR3102 (1995).
 本発明の実施の形態において、基板は、薄板ガラス基板としたが、本発明はこれに限定されない。工業的な入手の容易性の観点より、ガラス板、シリコンウェハ、金属板、プラスチック板等が好適な例として示される。
 基板として板厚が薄いガラス板(薄板ガラス基板)を採用する場合、薄板ガラス基板の組成は、例えばアルカリガラスや無アルカリガラスと同様であってよい。中でも、熱収縮率が小さいことから無アルカリガラスであることが好ましい。
 基板としてプラスチック板を採用する場合、その種類は特に制限されず、例えば、透明な基板の場合、ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリエチレンナフタレート樹脂、ポリアクリル樹脂、ポリシリコーン樹脂、透明フッ素樹脂などが例示される。不透明な基板の場合、ポリイミド樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアラミド樹脂、ポリエーテルケトン樹脂、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン樹脂、各種液晶ポリマー樹脂などが例示される。
 基板として金属板を採用する場合、その種類は特に制限されず、例えば、ステンレス鋼板、銅板等が例示される。
 基板の耐熱性は特に制限されないが、表示装置用部材のTFTアレイなどを形成する場合は耐熱性が高いことが好ましい。具体的には上記5%加熱重量減温度が300℃以上であることが好ましい。更に350℃以上であることがより好ましい。
 この場合、耐熱性の点では上記したガラス板はどれも当てはまる。
 耐熱性の観点より好ましいプラスチック板としては、ポリイミド樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアラミド樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルケトン樹脂、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン樹脂、ポリエチレンナフタレート樹脂、各種液晶ポリマー樹脂等が例示される。
 また、基板はガラス板、シリコンウェハ、金属板、プラスチック板等、異なる材質を積層した積層体であってもよい。例えば、ガラス板とプラスチック板の積層体、プラスチック板、ガラス、プラスチック板の順に積層した積層体、2枚以上のガラス板同士、あるいは2枚以上のプラスチック板同士の積層体などでもよい。
In the embodiment of the present invention, the substrate is a thin glass substrate, but the present invention is not limited to this. From the viewpoint of industrial availability, glass plates, silicon wafers, metal plates, plastic plates and the like are preferable examples.
When a thin glass plate (thin glass substrate) is employed as the substrate, the composition of the thin glass substrate may be the same as that of alkali glass or non-alkali glass, for example. Among these, alkali-free glass is preferable because of its low thermal shrinkage rate.
When adopting a plastic plate as the substrate, the type is not particularly limited, for example, in the case of a transparent substrate, polyethylene terephthalate resin, polycarbonate resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyethylene naphthalate resin, polyacrylic resin, polysilicone resin, Examples thereof include transparent fluororesins. In the case of an opaque substrate, polyimide resin, fluorine resin, polyamide resin, polyaramid resin, polyether ketone resin, polyether ether ketone resin, various liquid crystal polymer resins, and the like are exemplified.
When a metal plate is employed as the substrate, the type is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stainless steel plate and a copper plate.
The heat resistance of the substrate is not particularly limited, but it is preferable that the heat resistance is high when forming a TFT array of a display device member. Specifically, the 5% heating weight loss temperature is preferably 300 ° C. or higher. Furthermore, it is more preferable that it is 350 degreeC or more.
In this case, any of the above glass plates is applicable in terms of heat resistance.
Preferred plastic plates from the viewpoint of heat resistance include polyimide resin, fluororesin, polyamide resin, polyaramid resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyetherketone resin, polyetheretherketone resin, polyethylene naphthalate resin, and various liquid crystal polymer resins. Illustrated.
The substrate may be a laminate in which different materials are laminated, such as a glass plate, a silicon wafer, a metal plate, and a plastic plate. For example, a laminated body of a glass plate and a plastic plate, a laminated body in which plastic plates, glass, and a plastic plate are laminated in order, two or more glass plates, or a laminated body of two or more plastic plates may be used.
 支持体付き表示装置用パネルは、前記薄板ガラス基板の第2主面に表示装置用部材を有する。
 表示装置用部材とは、従来のLCD、OLED等の表示装置用のガラス基板がその表面上に有する発光層、保護層、TFTアレイ(以下、アレイという。)、カラーフィルタ、液晶、ITOからなる透明電極等、各種回路パターン等を意味する。前記薄板ガラス基板の第2主面上の表示装置用部材の種類は特に限定されない。
 このような表示装置用部材と前記薄板ガラス基板とを、表示装置用パネルは有する。
The display device panel with a support has a display device member on the second main surface of the thin glass substrate.
The display device member is composed of a light emitting layer, a protective layer, a TFT array (hereinafter referred to as an array), a color filter, a liquid crystal, and ITO that are provided on the surface of a conventional glass substrate for a display device such as an LCD or OLED. It means various circuit patterns such as transparent electrodes. The kind of member for display apparatuses on the 2nd main surface of the said thin glass substrate is not specifically limited.
The display device panel has such a display device member and the thin glass substrate.
 支持体付き表示装置用パネルは、前記薄板ガラス基板の第1主面に、支持体として、樹脂層が固定された支持ガラス基板を密着している。支持ガラス基板は樹脂層を介して薄板ガラス基板と密着して、薄板ガラス基板の強度を補強する。 In the panel for a display device with a support, a support glass substrate having a resin layer fixed thereon is in close contact with the first main surface of the thin glass substrate as a support. The supporting glass substrate is in close contact with the thin glass substrate through the resin layer, and reinforces the strength of the thin glass substrate.
 本発明の実施の形態において、支持基板は、支持ガラス基板としたが、本発明はこれに限定されない。工業的な入手の容易性の観点より、ガラス板、シリコンウェハ、金属板、プラスチック板等が好適な例として示される。
 支持基板としてガラス板を採用する場合、支持ガラス基板の厚さ、形状、大きさ、物性(熱収縮率、表面形状、耐薬品性等)、組成等は特に限定されない。
 支持ガラス基板の厚さは特に限定されないが、支持体付き表示装置用パネルが現行の製造ラインで処理できるような厚さであることが必要である。
 例えば0.1~1.1mmの厚さであることが好ましく、0.3~0.8mmであることがより好ましく、0.4~0.7mmであることがさらに好ましい。
 例えば、現行の製造ラインが厚さ0.5mmの基板を処理するように設計されたものであって、薄板ガラス基板の厚さが0.1mmである場合、支持ガラス基板の厚さと樹脂層の厚さとあわせて0.4mmである。また、現行の製造ラインは厚さが0.7mmのガラス基板を処理するように設計されているものが最も一般的であるが、例えば薄板ガラス基板の厚さが0.4mmならば、樹脂層の厚さとあわせて0.3mmとする。
 支持ガラス基板の厚さは、前記薄板ガラス基板よりも厚いことが好ましい。
In the embodiment of the present invention, the supporting substrate is a supporting glass substrate, but the present invention is not limited to this. From the viewpoint of industrial availability, glass plates, silicon wafers, metal plates, plastic plates and the like are preferable examples.
When a glass plate is employed as the support substrate, the thickness, shape, size, physical properties (thermal shrinkage, surface shape, chemical resistance, etc.), composition, etc. of the support glass substrate are not particularly limited.
The thickness of the supporting glass substrate is not particularly limited, but it is necessary that the supporting glass substrate has a thickness that can be processed by the current production line.
For example, the thickness is preferably 0.1 to 1.1 mm, more preferably 0.3 to 0.8 mm, and still more preferably 0.4 to 0.7 mm.
For example, when the current production line is designed to process a substrate having a thickness of 0.5 mm and the thickness of the thin glass substrate is 0.1 mm, the thickness of the supporting glass substrate and the resin layer Together with the thickness, it is 0.4 mm. In addition, the current production line is most commonly designed to process a glass substrate having a thickness of 0.7 mm. For example, if the thickness of a thin glass substrate is 0.4 mm, the resin layer The thickness is 0.3 mm.
The thickness of the supporting glass substrate is preferably thicker than that of the thin glass substrate.
 支持ガラス基板の形状は限定されないが、矩形であることが好ましい。 The shape of the supporting glass substrate is not limited, but is preferably rectangular.
 支持ガラス基板の大きさ限定されないが、前記薄板ガラス基板と同程度であることが好ましく、前記薄板ガラス基板よりもやや大きいことが好ましい。例えば具体的には縦方向または横方向の各々が0.05~10mm程度大きいことが好ましい。薄板ガラス基板から支持ガラス基板の分離をより容易に行うことができるからである。 Although the size of the supporting glass substrate is not limited, it is preferably about the same as the thin glass substrate, and is preferably slightly larger than the thin glass substrate. For example, specifically, it is preferable that each of the vertical direction or the horizontal direction is larger by about 0.05 to 10 mm. This is because the supporting glass substrate can be more easily separated from the thin glass substrate.
 支持ガラス基板は線膨張係数が前記薄板ガラス基板と実質的に同一であってよく、異なってもよい。実質的に同一であると、本発明の製造方法に供した際に、薄板ガラス基板または支持ガラス基板に反りが発生し難い点で好ましい。
 薄板ガラス基板と支持ガラス基板との線膨張係数の差は300×10-7/℃以下であることが好ましく、100×10-7/℃以下であることがより好ましく、50×10-7/℃以下であることがさらに好ましい。
The supporting glass substrate may have a linear expansion coefficient that is substantially the same as or different from that of the thin glass substrate. Substantially the same is preferable in that the thin glass substrate or the supporting glass substrate is less likely to warp when subjected to the production method of the present invention.
The difference in linear expansion coefficient between the thin glass substrate and the supporting glass substrate is preferably 300 × 10 −7 / ° C. or less, more preferably 100 × 10 −7 / ° C. or less, and 50 × 10 −7 / ° C. More preferably, it is not higher than ° C.
 支持ガラス基板の組成は、例えばアルカリガラス、無アルカリガラスと同様であってよい。中でも、熱収縮率が小さいことから無アルカリガラスであることが好ましい。
 支持基板としてプラスチック板を採用する場合、その種類は特に制限されず、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアラミド樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルケトン樹脂、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン樹脂、ポリエチレンナフタレート樹脂、ポリアクリル樹脂、各種液晶ポリマー樹脂、ポリシリコーン樹脂などが例示される。
 支持基板として金属板を採用する場合、その種類は特に制限されず、例えば、ステンレス鋼板、銅板等が例示される。
 支持基板の耐熱性は特に制限されないが、表示装置用部材のTFTアレイなどを形成する場合は耐熱性が高いことが好ましい。具体的には上記5%加熱重量減温度が300℃以上であることが好ましい。更に350℃以上であることがより好ましい。
 この場合、耐熱性の点では上記したガラス板はどれも当てはまる。
 耐熱性の観点より好ましいプラスチック材料としては、ポリイミド樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアラミド樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルケトン樹脂、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン樹脂、ポリエチレンナフタレート樹脂、各種液晶ポリマー樹脂等が例示される。
The composition of the supporting glass substrate may be the same as that of alkali glass or non-alkali glass, for example. Among these, alkali-free glass is preferable because of its low thermal shrinkage rate.
When a plastic plate is used as the support substrate, the type is not particularly limited. For example, polyethylene terephthalate resin, polycarbonate resin, polyimide resin, fluororesin, polyamide resin, polyaramid resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyetherketone resin, poly Examples include ether ether ketone resins, polyethylene naphthalate resins, polyacrylic resins, various liquid crystal polymer resins, and polysilicon resins.
When a metal plate is employed as the support substrate, the type is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stainless steel plate and a copper plate.
The heat resistance of the support substrate is not particularly limited, but it is preferable that the heat resistance is high when forming a TFT array of a display device member. Specifically, the 5% heating weight loss temperature is preferably 300 ° C. or higher. Furthermore, it is more preferable that it is 350 degreeC or more.
In this case, any of the above glass plates is applicable in terms of heat resistance.
Preferred plastic materials from the viewpoint of heat resistance include polyimide resins, fluororesins, polyamide resins, polyaramid resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyetherketone resins, polyetheretherketone resins, polyethylene naphthalate resins, and various liquid crystal polymer resins. Illustrated.
 このような支持ガラス基板の第1主面に固定された樹脂層は、前記薄板ガラス基板の第1主面と付き、密着しているが、容易に剥離することができる。すなわち樹脂層は、前記薄板ガラス基板に対して易剥離性を有する。
 本発明で用いる支持体付き表示装置用パネルにおいて、樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板とは粘着剤が有するような粘着力によっては付いていないと考えられ、固体分子間におけるファンデルワールス力に起因する力、すなわち、密着力によって付いていると考えられる。
The resin layer fixed to the first main surface of the supporting glass substrate is attached to and closely adhered to the first main surface of the thin glass substrate, but can be easily peeled off. That is, the resin layer has easy peelability from the thin glass substrate.
In the display panel with a support used in the present invention, it is considered that the resin layer and the thin glass substrate are not attached due to the adhesive force that the adhesive has, and the force caused by van der Waals force between solid molecules. That is, it is thought that it is attached by adhesion.
 樹脂層の厚さは特に限定されない。1~100μmであることが好ましく、5~30μmであることがより好ましく、7~20μmであることがさらに好ましい。樹脂層の厚さがこのような範囲であると、薄板ガラス基板と樹脂層との密着が十分になるからである。
 また、気泡や異物が介在しても、薄板ガラス基板のゆがみ欠陥の発生を抑制することができるからである。また、樹脂層の厚さが厚すぎると、形成するのに時間および材料を要するため経済的ではない。
The thickness of the resin layer is not particularly limited. The thickness is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 5 to 30 μm, and even more preferably 7 to 20 μm. This is because when the thickness of the resin layer is in such a range, the thin glass substrate and the resin layer are sufficiently adhered.
Moreover, even if bubbles or foreign substances are present, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of distortion defects in the thin glass substrate. On the other hand, if the resin layer is too thick, it takes time and materials to form the resin layer, which is not economical.
 なお、樹脂層は2層以上からなっていてもよい。その場合、「樹脂層の厚さ」は全ての層の合計の厚さを意味するものとする。
 また、樹脂層が2層以上からなる場合は、各々の層を形成する樹脂の種類が異なってもよい。
In addition, the resin layer may consist of two or more layers. In this case, “the thickness of the resin layer” means the total thickness of all the layers.
Moreover, when a resin layer consists of two or more layers, the kind of resin which forms each layer may differ.
 樹脂層は、前記薄板ガラス基板の第1主面に対する樹脂層の表面の表面張力が30mN/m以下であることが好ましく、25mN/m以下であることがより好ましく、22mN/m以下あることがさらに好ましい。このような表面張力であると、より容易に薄板ガラス基板と剥離することができ、同時に薄板ガラス基板との密着も十分になるからである。
 また、樹脂層は、ガラス転移点が室温(25℃程度)よりも低い材料またはガラス転移点を有しない材料からなることが好ましい。非粘着性の樹脂層となり、より易剥離性を有し、より容易に薄板ガラス基板と剥離することができ、同時に薄板ガラス基板との密着も十分になるからである。
 また、樹脂層が耐熱性を有していることが好ましい。本発明では、例えば前記薄板ガラス基板の第2主面上に表示装置用部材を形成する場合に、薄板ガラス基板と樹脂層と支持ガラス基板とのガラス積層体を熱処理に供する場合があるからである。
 また、樹脂層の弾性率が高すぎると薄板ガラス基板との密着性が低くなるので好ましくない。また弾性率が低すぎると易剥離性が低くなるので好ましくない。
In the resin layer, the surface tension of the surface of the resin layer relative to the first main surface of the thin glass substrate is preferably 30 mN / m or less, more preferably 25 mN / m or less, and 22 mN / m or less. Further preferred. This is because such surface tension can be more easily peeled off from the thin glass substrate, and at the same time, the close contact with the thin glass substrate becomes sufficient.
The resin layer is preferably made of a material having a glass transition point lower than room temperature (about 25 ° C.) or a material having no glass transition point. This is because it becomes a non-adhesive resin layer, is more easily peelable, can be more easily peeled off from the thin glass substrate, and at the same time is sufficiently adhered to the thin glass substrate.
Moreover, it is preferable that the resin layer has heat resistance. In the present invention, for example, when a member for a display device is formed on the second main surface of the thin glass substrate, the glass laminate of the thin glass substrate, the resin layer, and the supporting glass substrate may be subjected to heat treatment. is there.
Moreover, since the adhesiveness with a thin glass substrate will become low when the elasticity modulus of a resin layer is too high, it is unpreferable. On the other hand, if the elastic modulus is too low, the easy peelability is lowered, which is not preferable.
 樹脂層を形成する樹脂の種類は特に限定されない。例えばアクリル樹脂、ポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂およびシリコーン樹脂が挙げられる。いくつかの種類の樹脂を混合して用いることもできる。前記樹脂の群の中では、シリコーン樹脂が好ましい。シリコーン樹脂は耐熱性に優れかつ薄板ガラス基板に対する易剥離性の程度が好ましいからである。また、支持ガラス基板の第1主面のシラノール基との縮合反応によって、支持ガラス基板に固定し易いからである。シリコーン樹脂層は、例えば300~400℃程度で1時間程度処理しても、易剥離性がほぼ劣化しない点も好ましい。 The type of resin forming the resin layer is not particularly limited. For example, acrylic resin, polyolefin resin, polyurethane resin, and silicone resin can be used. Several types of resins can be mixed and used. Of the group of resins, silicone resins are preferred. This is because the silicone resin is excellent in heat resistance and preferably has a degree of easy peeling from a thin glass substrate. Moreover, it is because it is easy to fix to a support glass substrate by the condensation reaction with the silanol group of the 1st main surface of a support glass substrate. The silicone resin layer is also preferable in that the easy peelability does not substantially deteriorate even when it is treated at, for example, about 300 to 400 ° C. for about 1 hour.
 また、樹脂層はシリコーン樹脂の中でも剥離紙用シリコーンからなることが好ましく、その硬化物であることが好ましい。剥離紙用シリコーンは直鎖状のジメチルポリシロキサンを分子内に含むシリコーンを主剤とするものである。この主剤と架橋剤とを含む組成物を、触媒、光重合開始剤等を用いて前記支持ガラス基板の表面(第1主面)に硬化させて形成した樹脂層は、優れた易剥離性を有するので好ましい。また、柔軟性が高いので、薄板ガラス基板と樹脂層との間へ気泡や塵介等の異物が混入しても、薄板ガラス基板のゆがみ欠陥の発生を抑制することができる。 The resin layer is preferably made of silicone for release paper among silicone resins, and is preferably a cured product thereof. The silicone for release paper is mainly composed of silicone containing linear dimethylpolysiloxane in the molecule. The resin layer formed by curing the composition containing the main agent and the crosslinking agent on the surface (first main surface) of the supporting glass substrate using a catalyst, a photopolymerization initiator, etc. has excellent easy peelability. Since it has, it is preferable. Moreover, since the flexibility is high, even if foreign matters such as bubbles and dust are mixed between the thin glass substrate and the resin layer, the occurrence of distortion defects of the thin glass substrate can be suppressed.
 このような剥離紙用シリコーンは、その硬化機構により縮合反応型シリコーン、付加反応型シリコーン、紫外線硬化型シリコーンおよび電子線硬化型シリコーンに分類されるが、いずれも使用することができる。これらの中でも付加反応型シリコーンが好ましい。硬化反応のし易さ、樹脂層を形成した際に易剥離性の程度が良好で、耐熱性も高いからである。 Such release paper silicones are classified into condensation reaction type silicones, addition reaction type silicones, ultraviolet ray curable silicones, and electron beam curable silicones depending on the curing mechanism, and any of them can be used. Among these, addition reaction type silicone is preferable. This is because the curing reaction is easy, the degree of easy peeling is good when the resin layer is formed, and the heat resistance is also high.
 また、剥離紙用シリコーンは形態的に溶剤型、エマルジョン型および無溶剤型があり、いずれの型も使用可能である。これらの中でも無溶剤型が好ましい。生産性、安全性、環境特性の面が優れるからである。また、樹脂層を形成する際の硬化時、すなわち、加熱硬化、紫外線硬化または電子線硬化の時に発泡を生じる溶剤を含まないため、樹脂層中に気泡が残留しにくいからである。 Moreover, the silicone for release paper is classified into a solvent type, an emulsion type, and a solventless type, and any type can be used. Among these, a solventless type is preferable. This is because productivity, safety, and environmental characteristics are excellent. Further, since a solvent that causes foaming is not included at the time of curing when forming the resin layer, that is, at the time of heat curing, ultraviolet curing, or electron beam curing, bubbles are unlikely to remain in the resin layer.
 また、剥離紙用シリコーンとして、具体的には、一般市販されている商品または型番として、KNS-320A,KS-847(いずれも信越シリコーン社製)、TPR6700(GE東芝シリコーン社製)、ビニルシリコーン「8500」(荒川化学工業株式会社製)とメチルハイドロジェンポリシロキサン「12031」(荒川化学工業株式会社製)との組み合わせ、ビニルシリコーン「11364」(荒川化学工業株式会社製)とメチルハイドロジェンポリシロキサン「12031」(荒川化学工業株式会社製)との組み合わせ、ビニルシリコーン「11365」(荒川化学工業株式会社製)とメチルハイドロジェンポリシロキサン「12031」(荒川化学工業株式会社製)との組み合わせ等が挙げられる。なお、KNS-320A、KS-847およびTPR6700は、あらかじめ主剤と架橋剤とを含有しているシリコーンである。 Further, as release paper silicone, specifically, commercially available products or model numbers are KNS-320A, KS-847 (both manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone), TPR6700 (manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicone), vinyl silicone. A combination of “8500” (Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and methylhydrogenpolysiloxane “12031” (Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd.), vinyl silicone “11364” (Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and methylhydrogenpoly Combination with siloxane “12031” (Arakawa Chemical Industries), combination of vinyl silicone “11365” (Arakawa Chemical Industries) and methylhydrogenpolysiloxane “12031” (Arakawa Chemical Industries), etc. Is mentioned. KNS-320A, KS-847, and TPR6700 are silicones that contain a main agent and a crosslinking agent in advance.
 また、樹脂層を形成するシリコーン樹脂は、シリコーン樹脂中の成分が薄板ガラス基板に移行しにくい性質、すなわち低シリコーン移行性を有することが好ましい。 Further, it is preferable that the silicone resin forming the resin layer has a property that the components in the silicone resin do not easily migrate to the thin glass substrate, that is, low silicone migration.
 このように樹脂層としてシリコーン樹脂層を用いた場合、剥離した前記支持ガラス基板および前記シリコーン樹脂層からなる支持体を、好ましく再利用することができる。このような剥離後の支持体におけるシリコーン樹脂が低シリコーン移行性を有する場合、このシリコーン樹脂層は高い残留接着率を有している傾向がある。よって、再利用を問題なく行うことができる。 Thus, when the silicone resin layer is used as the resin layer, the peeled support glass substrate and the support made of the silicone resin layer can be preferably reused. When the silicone resin in such a support after peeling has low silicone migration, this silicone resin layer tends to have a high residual adhesion rate. Therefore, reuse can be performed without problems.
 次に、支持体付き表示装置用パネルを、図を用いて説明する。
 図11は、本発明の支持体付き表示装置用パネルの一態様を示す概略断面図である。
 図11において支持体付き表示装置用パネル110は、表示装置用部材114、薄板ガラス基板112、樹脂層118および支持ガラス基板119からなり、これらは積層されている。また、表示装置用パネル116は、層状の表示装置用部材114および薄板ガラス基板112からなり、支持体117は、樹脂層118および支持ガラス基板119からなる。また、表示装置用部材114は薄板ガラス基板112の第2主面上に形成されている。
 そして、薄板ガラス基板112の第1主面と、支持ガラス基板119の第1主面に固定された樹脂層118の表面とが密着して付いて、支持体付き表示装置用パネル110を形成している。
 図11に示す態様の支持体付き表示装置用パネル110は、薄板ガラス基板112と樹脂層118と支持ガラス基板119とが同じ大きさである。
Next, the panel for a display device with a support will be described with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 11: is a schematic sectional drawing which shows the one aspect | mode of the display apparatus panel with a support body of this invention.
In FIG. 11, a display device panel 110 with a support body includes a display device member 114, a thin glass substrate 112, a resin layer 118, and a support glass substrate 119, which are laminated. The display device panel 116 includes a layered display device member 114 and a thin glass substrate 112, and the support member 117 includes a resin layer 118 and a support glass substrate 119. The display device member 114 is formed on the second main surface of the thin glass substrate 112.
Then, the first main surface of the thin glass substrate 112 and the surface of the resin layer 118 fixed to the first main surface of the support glass substrate 119 are adhered to each other to form a display device panel 110 with a support. ing.
In the display device-equipped panel 110 shown in FIG. 11, the thin glass substrate 112, the resin layer 118, and the support glass substrate 119 have the same size.
 図12は、支持体付き表示装置用パネルの別の態様を示す概略正面図であり、図13はそのA-A’断面図(概略断面図)である。
 図12および図13において支持体付き表示装置用パネル120は、表示装置用部材124、薄板ガラス基板122、樹脂層128および支持ガラス基板129からなり、これらは積層されている。また、表示装置用パネル126は、層状の表示装置用部材124および薄板ガラス基板122からなり、支持体127は、樹脂層128および支持ガラス基板129からなる。また、表示装置用部材124は薄板ガラス基板122の第2主面上に形成されている。
 そして、薄板ガラス基板122の第1主面と、支持ガラス基板129の第1主面に固定された樹脂層128とが密着して付いており、支持体付き表示装置用パネル120を形成している。
FIG. 12 is a schematic front view showing another aspect of the display device panel with a support, and FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view (schematic cross-sectional view) taken along line AA ′.
12 and 13, the display device-equipped panel 120 includes a display device member 124, a thin glass substrate 122, a resin layer 128, and a support glass substrate 129, which are laminated. The display device panel 126 includes a layered display device member 124 and a thin glass substrate 122, and the support 127 includes a resin layer 128 and a support glass substrate 129. The display device member 124 is formed on the second main surface of the thin glass substrate 122.
The first main surface of the thin glass substrate 122 and the resin layer 128 fixed to the first main surface of the support glass substrate 129 are in close contact with each other to form a display device panel 120 with a support. Yes.
 図12および図13に示す態様の支持体付き表示装置用パネル120は、薄板ガラス基板122よりも支持ガラス基板129の主面面積が大きい。
 また、図12および図13に示す態様の支持体付き表示装置用パネル120は、樹脂層128の表面(薄板ガラス基板122と接する面)の面積(以下、樹脂層における「表面面積」ともいう。)よりも薄板ガラス基板122の第1主面の面積の方が大きい。隙間部125が形成されている分、樹脂層128の表面面積は薄板ガラス基板122の第1主面の面積よりも小さい。そして、薄板ガラス基板122の第1主面における樹脂層128と接していない部分αと、それに対向する支持ガラス基板129の一部分βとが、本発明の支持体付き表示装置用パネル120の端面(γ、γ)と繋がる隙間部125を形成している。
12 and 13 has a main surface area of the supporting glass substrate 129 larger than that of the thin glass substrate 122.
12 and 13 is also referred to as the “surface area” of the resin layer 128 (hereinafter referred to as the “surface area”). ) The area of the first main surface of the thin glass substrate 122 is larger. Since the gap portion 125 is formed, the surface area of the resin layer 128 is smaller than the area of the first main surface of the thin glass substrate 122. And the part (alpha) which is not in contact with the resin layer 128 in the 1st main surface of the thin glass substrate 122, and the part (beta) of the supporting glass substrate 129 which opposes it are the end surfaces of the display apparatus panel 120 with a support body of this invention ( A gap portion 125 connected to γ 1 , γ 2 ) is formed.
 このような隙間部125が形成されていると、本発明の製造方法における剥離工程において、薄板ガラス基板122と樹脂層128とをより容易に剥離できるので好ましい。
 図12、図13で示すαは0.1~5.0mmであることが好ましく、2.5mm程度であることがより好ましい。
It is preferable that such a gap portion 125 is formed because the thin glass substrate 122 and the resin layer 128 can be more easily peeled in the peeling step in the manufacturing method of the present invention.
Α shown in FIGS. 12 and 13 is preferably 0.1 to 5.0 mm, more preferably about 2.5 mm.
 また、支持体付き表示装置用パネルは図14に概略断面図を示すように、表示装置用部材134の両主面を、薄板ガラス基板(132a、132b)と樹脂層(138a、138b)と支持ガラス基板(139a、139b)との積層体で挟み込む態様であってもよい。このとき、表示装置用パネル136は、層状の表示装置用部材134および両側の薄板ガラス基板132a,132bからなり、支持体137aおよび137bは、それぞれ樹脂層138a,138bおよび支持ガラス基板139a,139bからなる。このような態様であっても、本発明で用いることができる支持体付き表示装置用パネルである。 As shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 14, the display device panel with support supports both main surfaces of the display device member 134 with the thin glass substrates (132a, 132b) and the resin layers (138a, 138b). A mode of sandwiching with a laminated body with glass substrates (139a, 139b) may be employed. At this time, the display device panel 136 includes a layered display device member 134 and thin glass substrates 132a and 132b on both sides, and the supports 137a and 137b include resin layers 138a and 138b and support glass substrates 139a and 139b, respectively. Become. Even if it is such an aspect, it is a display apparatus-equipped panel which can be used by this invention.
 次に、本発明で用いることができる支持体付き表示装置用パネルの製造方法を説明する。
 薄板ガラス基板および支持ガラス基板の製造方法は特に限定されない。例えば従来公知の方法で製造することができる。例えば従来公知のガラス原料を溶解し溶融ガラスとした後、フロート法、フュージョン法、ダウンドロー法、スロットダウン法、リドロー法等によって板状に成形して得ることができる。
Next, the manufacturing method of the panel for display apparatuses with a support body which can be used by this invention is demonstrated.
The manufacturing method of a thin glass substrate and a support glass substrate is not specifically limited. For example, it can be produced by a conventionally known method. For example, it can be obtained by melting a conventionally known glass raw material to form a molten glass and then forming it into a plate shape by a float method, a fusion method, a down draw method, a slot down method, a redraw method or the like.
 このようにして製造した支持ガラス基板の表面(第1主面)に樹脂層を形成する方法も特に限定されない。
 例えばフィルムを支持ガラス基板の表面に接着する方法が挙げられる。具体的にはフィルムの表面に高い接着力を付与するために表面改質の処理を行い、支持ガラス基板の第1主面に接着する方法が挙げられる。表面改質の処理方法としては、シランカップリング剤のような化学的に密着力を向上させる化学的方法や、フレーム(火炎)処理のように表面活性基を増加させる物理的方法、サンドブラスト処理のように表面の粗度を増加させることにより引っかかりを増加させる機械的方法などが例示される。
The method for forming the resin layer on the surface (first main surface) of the support glass substrate thus produced is not particularly limited.
For example, the method of adhering a film to the surface of a support glass substrate is mentioned. Specifically, a method of performing a surface modification treatment to give a high adhesive force to the surface of the film and adhering to the first main surface of the supporting glass substrate can be mentioned. Surface modification treatment methods include chemical methods such as silane coupling agents that chemically improve adhesion, physical methods such as flame (flame) treatment that increase surface active groups, and sandblast treatment. Examples thereof include a mechanical method for increasing the catch by increasing the surface roughness.
 また、例えば公知の方法によって樹脂層となる樹脂組成物を支持ガラス基板の第1主面上にコートする方法が挙げられる。公知の方法としてはスプレーコート法、ダイコート法、スピンコート法、ディップコート法、ロールコート法、バーコート法、スクリーン印刷法、グラビアコート法が挙げられる。このような方法の中から、樹脂組成物に種類に応じて適宜選択することができる。
 例えば、無溶剤型の剥離紙用シリコーンを樹脂組成物として用いた場合、ダイコート法、スピンコート法またはスクリーン印刷法が好ましい。
Moreover, the method of coating the resin composition used as a resin layer on the 1st main surface of a support glass substrate by a well-known method, for example is mentioned. Known methods include spray coating, die coating, spin coating, dip coating, roll coating, bar coating, screen printing, and gravure coating. From such a method, it can select suitably according to a kind to a resin composition.
For example, when a solventless release paper silicone is used as the resin composition, a die coating method, a spin coating method or a screen printing method is preferred.
 なお、図12、13を用いて説明したような隙間部を有する支持体付き表示装置用パネルを製造する場合、隙間部を形成する箇所に予めマスキングしておき、その上で樹脂組成物をコートすることが好ましい。マスキングとは樹脂組成物をコートする際にあらかじめ隙間部を形成する箇所に再剥離可能なフィルム等を貼っておき樹脂組成物がその箇所にコートされないようにしておき、後にそのフィルムを剥離するという方法である。 In addition, when manufacturing the panel for a display device with a support having a gap as described with reference to FIGS. 12 and 13, a portion where the gap is formed is masked in advance, and the resin composition is coated thereon. It is preferable to do. Masking means that when a resin composition is coated, a removable film or the like is pasted on a portion where a gap is formed in advance so that the resin composition is not coated on that portion, and the film is peeled off later. Is the method.
 また、樹脂組成物を支持ガラス基板の第1主面上にコートする場合、その塗工量は1~100g/mであることが好ましく、5~20g/mであることがより好ましい。 When the resin composition is coated on the first main surface of the supporting glass substrate, the coating amount is preferably 1 to 100 g / m 2 , and more preferably 5 to 20 g / m 2 .
 また、他の方法としては、例えば付加反応型シリコーンから樹脂層を形成する場合、直鎖状のジメチルポリシロキサンを分子内に含むシリコーン(主剤)、架橋剤および触媒を含む樹脂組成物を、上記のスプレーコート法等の公知の方法により支持ガラス基板上に塗工し、その後に加熱硬化させる。加熱硬化条件は、触媒の配合量によっても異なるが、例えば、主剤および架橋剤の合計量100質量部に対して、白金系触媒を2質量部配合した場合、大気中で50℃~250℃、好ましくは100℃~200℃で反応させる。また、この場合の反応時間は5~60分間、好ましくは10~30分間とする。低シリコーン移行性を有するシリコーン樹脂層とするためには、シリコーン樹脂層中に未反応のシリコーン成分が残らないように硬化反応をできるだけ進行させることが好ましいが、このような反応温度および反応時間であると、シリコーン樹脂層中に未反応のシリコーン成分が残らないようにすることができるので好ましい。上記した反応時間よりも長すぎる場合や反応温度が高すぎる場合には、シリコーン樹脂の酸化分解が同時に起こり低分子量のシリコーン成分が生成するため、シリコーン移行性が高くなる可能性がある。シリコーン樹脂層中に未反応のシリコーン成分が残らないように硬化反応をできるだけ進行させることは、加熱処理後の剥離性を良好にするためにも好ましい。 As another method, for example, when a resin layer is formed from an addition reaction type silicone, a resin composition containing a silicone (main agent) containing linear dimethylpolysiloxane in the molecule, a crosslinking agent and a catalyst, It coats on a support glass substrate by well-known methods, such as a spray coat method, and makes it heat-harden after that. The heating and curing conditions vary depending on the blending amount of the catalyst. For example, when 2 parts by weight of a platinum-based catalyst is blended with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total amount of the main agent and the cross-linking agent, The reaction is preferably carried out at 100 ° C to 200 ° C. In this case, the reaction time is 5 to 60 minutes, preferably 10 to 30 minutes. In order to obtain a silicone resin layer having a low silicone migration property, it is preferable to allow the curing reaction to proceed as much as possible so that an unreacted silicone component does not remain in the silicone resin layer, but at such a reaction temperature and reaction time. When it exists, it is possible to prevent an unreacted silicone component from remaining in the silicone resin layer, which is preferable. If the reaction time is too long or the reaction temperature is too high, the silicone resin is simultaneously oxidized and decomposed to produce a low molecular weight silicone component, which may increase the silicone transferability. It is preferable to allow the curing reaction to proceed as much as possible so that an unreacted silicone component does not remain in the silicone resin layer in order to improve the peelability after the heat treatment.
 このような方法で支持ガラス基板の第1主面上に樹脂層を形成した後、樹脂層の表面に薄板ガラス基板を積層する。
 剥離紙用シリコーンを用いて樹脂層を製造した場合、支持ガラス基板上に塗工した剥離紙用シリコーンを加熱硬化してシリコーン樹脂層を形成した後、支持ガラス基板のシリコーン樹脂形成面に薄板ガラス基板を積層させる。剥離紙用シリコーンを加熱硬化させることによって、シリコーン樹脂硬化物が支持ガラスと化学的に結合する。また、アンカー効果によってシリコーン樹脂層が支持ガラスと結合する。これらの作用によって、シリコーン樹脂層が支持ガラス基板に強固に固定される。
After the resin layer is formed on the first main surface of the supporting glass substrate by such a method, a thin glass substrate is laminated on the surface of the resin layer.
When the resin layer is manufactured using the release paper silicone, the release paper silicone coated on the support glass substrate is heat-cured to form a silicone resin layer, and then the thin glass is formed on the silicone resin formation surface of the support glass substrate. Laminate the substrates. By curing the silicone for release paper by heating, the cured silicone resin is chemically bonded to the supporting glass. Further, the silicone resin layer is bonded to the supporting glass by the anchor effect. By these actions, the silicone resin layer is firmly fixed to the supporting glass substrate.
 薄板ガラス基板と樹脂層とは、非常に近接した、相対する固体分子間におけるファンデルワールス力に起因する力、すなわち、密着力によって樹脂層と密着する。この場合、支持ガラス基板と薄板ガラス基板とを積層させた状態に保持することができる。 The thin glass substrate and the resin layer are in close contact with the resin layer by a force caused by Van der Waals force between the solid molecules that are very close to each other, that is, an adhesive force. In this case, the supporting glass substrate and the thin glass substrate can be held in a laminated state.
 支持ガラス基板に固定された樹脂層の表面に薄板ガラス基板を積層させる方法は特に限定されない。例えば公知の方法を用いて実施することができる。例えば、常圧環境下で樹脂層の表面に薄板ガラス基板を重ねた後、ロールやプレスを用いて樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板とを圧着させる方法が挙げられる。ロールやプレスで圧着することにより樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板とがより密着するので好ましい。また、ロールまたはプレスによる圧着により、樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板との間に混入している気泡が容易に除去されるので好ましい。
 真空ラミネート法や真空プレス法により圧着すると気泡の混入の抑制や良好な密着の確保がより好ましく行われるのでより好ましい。真空下で圧着することにより、微少な気泡が残存した場合でも加熱により気泡が成長することがなく、薄板ガラス基板のゆがみ欠陥につながりにくいという利点もある。
The method for laminating the thin glass substrate on the surface of the resin layer fixed to the supporting glass substrate is not particularly limited. For example, it can implement using a well-known method. For example, after laminating a thin glass substrate on the surface of the resin layer under a normal pressure environment, a method of pressure bonding the resin layer and the thin glass substrate using a roll or a press can be mentioned. It is preferable because the resin layer and the thin glass substrate are more closely adhered by pressure bonding with a roll or a press. Further, it is preferable because bubbles mixed between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate are easily removed by pressure bonding with a roll or a press.
When pressure bonding is performed by a vacuum laminating method or a vacuum pressing method, it is more preferable because suppression of bubble mixing and securing of good adhesion are more preferably performed. By pressure bonding under vacuum, there is an advantage that even if a minute bubble remains, the bubble does not grow by heating, and it is difficult to cause a distortion defect of the thin glass substrate.
 支持ガラス基板の樹脂層の表面に薄板ガラス基板を積層させる際には、薄板ガラス基板の表面を十分に洗浄し、クリーン度の高い環境で積層することが好ましい。異物は存在しても樹脂層が変形することにより薄板ガラス基板の表面の平坦性に影響を与えることはないが、クリーン度が高いほどその平坦性は良好となり好ましいからである。 When laminating a thin glass substrate on the surface of the resin layer of the supporting glass substrate, it is preferable that the surface of the thin glass substrate is sufficiently washed and laminated in a clean environment. This is because even if foreign matter is present, the flatness of the surface of the thin glass substrate is not affected by the deformation of the resin layer, but the higher the cleanness, the better the flatness and the better.
 このようにして薄板ガラス基板と樹脂層と支持ガラス基板とが積層したガラス積層体(以下、「薄板ガラス積層体」ともいう。)を得た後、この薄板ガラス積層体における薄板ガラス基板の第2主面上に表示装置用部材を形成する。
 表示装置用部材を形成するに当たり、必要に応じて薄板ガラス基板の第2主面を研磨することによりその平坦度を向上させることも好ましい。
 表示装置用部材は特に限定されない。例えばLCDが有するアレイやカラーフィルタが挙げられる。また、例えばOLEDが有する透明電極、ホール注入層、ホール輸送層、発光層、電子輸送層が挙げられる。
Thus, after obtaining the glass laminated body (henceforth "thin glass laminated body") which laminated | stacked the thin glass substrate, the resin layer, and the support glass substrate, it is the 1st of the thin glass substrate in this thin glass laminated body. (2) A display device member is formed on the main surface.
In forming the display device member, it is also preferable to improve the flatness by polishing the second main surface of the thin glass substrate as necessary.
The display device member is not particularly limited. For example, an array or a color filter included in the LCD can be mentioned. Further, for example, a transparent electrode, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, a light emitting layer, and an electron transport layer included in the OLED can be given.
 このような表示装置部材を形成する方法も特に限定されず、従来公知の方法と同様であってよい。
 例えば表示装置としてLCDを製造する場合、従来公知のガラス基板上にアレイを形成する工程、カラーフィルタを形成する工程、アレイが形成されたガラス基板とカラーフィルタが形成されたガラス基板とを貼り合わせる工程(アレイ・カラーフィルタ貼り合わせ工程)等の各種工程と同様であってよい。より具体的には、これらの工程で実施される処理として、例えば純水洗浄、乾燥、成膜、レジスト塗布、露光、現像、エッチングおよびレジスト除去が挙げられる。さらに、アレイ側基板・カラーフィルタ側基板の貼り合わせ工程を実施した後に行われる工程として、液晶注入工程および該処理の実施後に行われる注入口の封止工程があり、これらの工程で実施される処理が挙げられる。
A method for forming such a display device member is not particularly limited, and may be the same as a conventionally known method.
For example, when manufacturing an LCD as a display device, a process of forming an array on a conventionally known glass substrate, a process of forming a color filter, and a glass substrate on which the array is formed and a glass substrate on which the color filter is formed are bonded together. It may be the same as various steps such as a step (array color filter bonding step). More specifically, examples of the processing performed in these steps include pure water cleaning, drying, film formation, resist coating, exposure, development, etching, and resist removal. Further, as a process performed after performing the bonding process of the array side substrate and the color filter side substrate, there are a liquid crystal injection process and an injection port sealing process performed after the process, and these processes are performed. Processing.
 また、OLEDを製造する場合を例にとると、薄板ガラス基板の第1主面上に有機EL構造体を形成するための工程として、透明電極を形成する工程、ホール注入層・ホール輸送層・発光層・電子輸送層等を蒸着する工程、封止工程等の各種工程を含み、これらの工程で実施される処理として、具体的には例えば、成膜処理、蒸着処理、封止板の接着処理等が挙げられる。 Taking the case of manufacturing an OLED as an example, as a process for forming an organic EL structure on the first main surface of a thin glass substrate, a process of forming a transparent electrode, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, Various processes such as a process for depositing a light emitting layer / electron transport layer and the like, a sealing process, and the like are performed. Specifically, for example, a film forming process, a vapor deposition process, and an adhesion of a sealing plate are performed. Processing and the like.
 このようにして本発明で用いることができる支持体付き表示装置用パネルを製造することができる。 Thus, a panel for a display device with a support that can be used in the present invention can be manufactured.
 次に、本発明の製造方法について説明する。
 本発明の製造方法は、第1主面および第2主面を有し第2主面に表示装置用部材を有する薄板ガラス基板の第1主面に、第1主面および第2主面を有する支持ガラス基板の第1主面に固定された易剥離性を有する樹脂層が密着している支持体付き表示装置用パネルから、前記支持ガラス基板および前記樹脂層からなる支持体を剥離する操作を含む、表示装置用パネルの製造方法であって、前記支持体付き表示装置用パネルが有する二つの主面のうちの一方の主面であって、後工程である剥離工程において剥離される支持体が付いていない方の主面を、ステージが備える平面状の固定面へ密着させ、前記支持体付き表示装置用パネルを前記ステージの固定面上に固定する固定工程と、前記ステージの固定面上に固定された前記支持体付き表示装置用パネルの端面であって、剥離される前記支持体の前記樹脂層と前記薄板ガラス基板との界面に、ナイフを挿入し、前記支持体と前記表示装置用パネルとを剥離する剥離工程とを具備する、表示装置用パネルの製造方法である。
Next, the manufacturing method of this invention is demonstrated.
In the manufacturing method of the present invention, a first main surface and a second main surface are formed on a first main surface of a thin glass substrate having a first main surface and a second main surface and having a display device member on the second main surface. The operation of peeling the support made of the support glass substrate and the resin layer from the panel for a display device with a support, to which the resin layer having easy peelability fixed to the first main surface of the support glass substrate has A display device panel manufacturing method, comprising: one main surface of the two main surfaces of the support-equipped display device panel, wherein the support is peeled off in a subsequent peeling step A fixing step of closely attaching a main surface, which is not attached to a body, to a flat fixing surface provided in the stage, and fixing the panel for a display device with a support on the fixing surface of the stage; and a fixing surface of the stage Display device with support fixed on top A peeling step of separating the support and the display device panel by inserting a knife at an interface between the resin layer of the support to be peeled and the thin glass substrate, which is an end face of the panel for use. A method for manufacturing a panel for a display device.
 このように本発明の製造方法は前記固定工程および前記剥離工程を具備するが、この固定工程および剥離工程は、前述の本発明の剥離装置によって好ましく実施することができる。前述の剥離方法によって、前記固定工程および前記剥離工程を実施することができる。
 本発明の製造方法では、上記の方法によって得た支持体付き表示装置用パネルに、前記固定工程および前記剥離工程を適用することで、表示装置用パネルを得ることができる。
Thus, although the manufacturing method of this invention comprises the said fixing process and the said peeling process, this fixing process and the peeling process can be preferably implemented with the above-mentioned peeling apparatus of this invention. The fixing step and the peeling step can be performed by the above-described peeling method.
In the manufacturing method of this invention, the panel for display apparatuses can be obtained by applying the said fixing process and the said peeling process to the panel for display apparatuses with a support body obtained by said method.
 図17は、本発明の電子デバイスの製造方法の一実施形態である表示装置用パネルの製造方法のフローの一例を示すフローチャートである。
 図17に示す本発明の表示装置用パネルの製造方法を、図1および図2に示す本発明の剥離装置を用いる場合に基づいて説明する。
 図17に示すように、本発明の表示装置用パネルの製造方法においては、まず、ステップS100において、支持体付き表示装置用パネル10を用意する、例えば、上記のようにして製造する。
 次に、ステップ110の支持体付き表示装置用パネルの固定工程に移行する。
 この固定工程S110では、ステップS112においてステップ支持体付き表示装置用パネル10をステージ20の固定面に密着させる。次に、ステップS114において密着されたステップ支持体付き表示装置用パネル10をステージ20の固定面に真空吸着にして固定する。
FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an example of a flow of a method for manufacturing a display device panel, which is an embodiment of the method for manufacturing an electronic device of the present invention.
The manufacturing method of the display device panel of the present invention shown in FIG. 17 will be described based on the case where the peeling device of the present invention shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 is used.
As shown in FIG. 17, in the method for manufacturing a display device panel according to the present invention, first, in step S100, the support-equipped display device panel 10 is prepared, for example, as described above.
Next, the process proceeds to step 110 for fixing the display device-equipped panel.
In this fixing step S110, the panel for display device with a step support 10 is brought into close contact with the fixing surface of the stage 20 in step S112. Next, in step S114, the display device panel 10 with the step support, which is in close contact, is fixed to the fixed surface of the stage 20 by vacuum suction.
 次に、ステップ120の支持体付き表示装置用パネルの剥離工程に移行する。
 この剥離工程S120には、上述した剥離方法(その1)および剥離方法(その2)の2つの第1および第2の剥離方法が適用される。もちろん、一方のみの剥離方法を実施しても良いことはもちろんである。
 剥離工程S120の第1の剥離方法(図1参照)では、まず、ステップS122において、ステップ支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の支持体の樹脂層と表示装置用パネルの薄板ガラス基板との界面に、ナイフ30の挿入位置(高さ)を調整する。次に、ステップS124において、樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板との界面に、ナイフ30を挿入して押し込む。
 続いて、ステップS126において、ナイフ30を挿入方向に移動して支持体を剥離する。
Next, the process proceeds to the step 120 for peeling the display device-equipped panel.
In the peeling step S120, two first and second peeling methods of the peeling method (No. 1) and the peeling method (No. 2) described above are applied. Of course, it is needless to say that only one peeling method may be performed.
In the first peeling method (see FIG. 1) of the peeling step S120, first, in step S122, the interface between the resin layer of the support for the display device panel 10 with a step support and the thin glass substrate of the display device panel is provided. The insertion position (height) of the knife 30 is adjusted. Next, in step S124, the knife 30 is inserted and pushed into the interface between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate.
Subsequently, in step S126, the knife 30 is moved in the insertion direction to peel off the support.
 一方、剥離工程S120の第2の剥離方法(図2参照)では、まず、ステップS132において、ステップ支持体付き表示装置用パネル10の支持体の樹脂層と表示装置用パネルの薄板ガラス基板との界面に対して、ナイフ300の挿入角度および挿入位置(高さ)を調整する。次に、ステップS134において、樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板との界面に、ナイフ300を挿入して押し込む。続いて、ステップS136において、ナイフ300をその先端中心に所定角度回転(回動)し、かつ上方向および/または挿入方向に移動して支持体を剥離する。
 こうして、剥離工程S120でテップ支持体付き表示装置用パネル10から支持体が剥離されることにより、ステップS140において、表示装置用パネルが製造される。
On the other hand, in the second peeling method (see FIG. 2) of the peeling step S120, first, in step S132, the resin layer of the support body of the display device panel 10 with the step support body and the thin glass substrate of the display device panel are used. The insertion angle and insertion position (height) of the knife 300 are adjusted with respect to the interface. Next, in step S134, the knife 300 is inserted and pushed into the interface between the resin layer and the thin glass substrate. Subsequently, in step S136, the knife 300 is rotated (rotated) by a predetermined angle about the center of the tip, and moved upward and / or in the insertion direction to peel off the support.
Thus, the display device panel is manufactured in step S140 by peeling the support from the display device-equipped display device panel 10 in the peeling step S120.
 本発明の製造方法が具備する前記剥離工程によれば、支持ガラス基板が大きい場合、例えば730×920mmであっても、前記支持ガラス基板を容易に分離することができる。 According to the peeling step included in the production method of the present invention, the supporting glass substrate can be easily separated even when the supporting glass substrate is large, for example, 730 × 920 mm.
 また、前記剥離工程に供した後、さらに所望の工程に供することができる。所望の工程とは、例えばLCDの場合であれば、所望の大きさのセルに分断する工程、液晶を注入しその後注入口を封止する工程、偏光板を貼付する工程、モジュール形成工程が挙げられる。また、例えばOLEDの場合であれば、LCDの場合に適用できる工程に加えて、有機EL構造体が形成された薄板ガラス基板と対向基板とを組み立てる工程が挙げられる。なお、所望の大きさのセルに分断する工程は、切断処理によって薄板ガラス基板の強度が低下せず、またカレットも出ないことからレーザカッタによる切断が好ましい。 Further, after being subjected to the peeling step, it can be further subjected to a desired step. For example, in the case of LCD, the desired process includes a process of dividing into cells of a desired size, a process of injecting liquid crystal and then sealing the injection port, a process of attaching a polarizing plate, and a module forming process. It is done. For example, in the case of OLED, in addition to the steps applicable to the case of LCD, there is a step of assembling a thin glass substrate on which an organic EL structure is formed and a counter substrate. Note that the step of dividing into cells of a desired size is preferably performed by a laser cutter because the strength of the thin glass substrate is not reduced by the cutting process and no cullet is produced.
 このような本発明の製造方法によって表示装置用パネルを得た後、さらに従来公知の工程に供することで、表示装置を得ることができる。 After obtaining the display device panel by the manufacturing method of the present invention as described above, the display device can be obtained by further subjecting it to a conventionally known process.
 このような表示装置の製造方法は、携帯電話やPDAのようなモバイル端末に使用される小型の表示装置の製造に好適である。表示装置は主としてLCDまたはOLEDであり、LCDとしては、TN型、STN型、FE型、TFT型、MIM型、IPS型、VA型等を含む。基本的にパッシブ駆動型、アクティブ駆動型のいずれの表示装置の場合でも適用することができる。 Such a method for manufacturing a display device is suitable for manufacturing a small display device used for a mobile terminal such as a mobile phone or a PDA. The display device is mainly an LCD or an OLED, and the LCD includes a TN type, STN type, FE type, TFT type, MIM type, IPS type, VA type, and the like. Basically, the present invention can be applied to both passive drive type and active drive type display devices.
 本発明の製造方法の好適例を説明する。
 初めに、本発明で用いることができる支持体付き表示装置用パネルの製造方法を説明する。
 まず、薄板ガラス基板および支持ガラス基板を用意し、これらの表面を洗浄する。洗浄としては、例えば純水洗浄、UV洗浄が挙げられる。
 次に、支持ガラス基板の第1主面上に樹脂層を形成する。例えば、支持ガラス基板の第1主面上にスクリーン印刷機を用いてシリコーン樹脂を塗工する。そして、加熱硬化して、支持ガラス基板の第1主面上に樹脂層を形成し、樹脂層が固定された支持ガラス基板を得る。
The suitable example of the manufacturing method of this invention is demonstrated.
First, a method for producing a panel for a display device with a support that can be used in the present invention will be described.
First, a thin glass substrate and a supporting glass substrate are prepared, and these surfaces are cleaned. Examples of cleaning include pure water cleaning and UV cleaning.
Next, a resin layer is formed on the first main surface of the supporting glass substrate. For example, a silicone resin is coated on the first main surface of the supporting glass substrate using a screen printer. And it heat-hardens, forms a resin layer on the 1st main surface of a support glass substrate, and obtains the support glass substrate to which the resin layer was fixed.
 次に、樹脂層と薄板ガラスの第1主面とを付けて貼り合せる。例えば、樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板とを室温下真空プレスして貼り合わせることができる。そして支持ガラス基板と樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板との積層体であるガラス積層体を得ることができる。
 ここで、必要に応じて、ガラス積層体における薄板ガラス基板の第2主面を研磨してもよく、洗浄してもよい。洗浄としては例えば純水洗浄、UV洗浄が挙げられる。
Next, the resin layer and the first main surface of the sheet glass are attached and bonded together. For example, the resin layer and the thin glass substrate can be bonded together by vacuum pressing at room temperature. And the glass laminated body which is a laminated body of a supporting glass substrate, a resin layer, and a thin glass substrate can be obtained.
Here, the 2nd main surface of the thin glass substrate in a glass laminated body may be grind | polished as needed, and you may wash | clean. Examples of cleaning include pure water cleaning and UV cleaning.
 このような方法でガラス積層体を2個製造した後、各々のガラス積層体における薄板ガラス基板の第2主面に表示装置用部材を形成する。1個のガラス積層体は、公知のカラーフィルタ形成工程に供することで、その薄板ガラス基板の第2主面にカラーフィルタアレイを形成する。そして、もう1個のガラス積層体は、公知のアレイ形成工程に供することで、その薄板ガラス基板の第2主面にTFTアレイを形成する。
 このような方法によって、支持体付き表示装置用パネルを2個製造することができる。
 なお、以下では、ここで得られたカラーフィルタアレイを有する支持体付き表示装置用パネルを「支持体付きパネルx」、TFTアレイを有する支持体付きパネルを「支持体付きパネルy」ともいう。
After manufacturing two glass laminated bodies by such a method, the member for display apparatuses is formed in the 2nd main surface of the thin glass substrate in each glass laminated body. One glass laminate is subjected to a known color filter forming step to form a color filter array on the second main surface of the thin glass substrate. Then, the other glass laminate is subjected to a known array forming process to form a TFT array on the second main surface of the thin glass substrate.
Two panels for a display device with a support can be manufactured by such a method.
Hereinafter, the panel for a display device with a support having the color filter array obtained here is also referred to as “panel x with support”, and the panel with a support having the TFT array is also referred to as “panel y with support”.
 本発明の製造方法では、このようにして製造した支持体付きパネルxおよび支持体付きパネルyを、例えば次に示すケース1~ケース4の方法でさらに処理して、表示装置用パネルを製造する。 In the manufacturing method of the present invention, the panel x with support and the panel y with support manufactured as described above are further processed by, for example, the following methods 1 to 4 to manufacture a panel for a display device. .
(ケース1)
 ケース1では、上記のようにして支持体付きパネルxおよび支持体付きパネルyの各々におけるカラーフィルタアレイとTFTアレイとを対向させ、セル形成用紫外線硬化型シール剤等のシール剤を用いて貼り合わせる。ここで得られた支持体付き表示装置用パネルを、以下では「支持体付きパネルz1」ともいう。支持体付きパネルz1は、未だ液晶を封入されていない状態のものである。
(Case 1)
In case 1, as described above, the color filter array and the TFT array in each of the support-equipped panel x and the support-equipped panel y are opposed to each other and attached using a sealing agent such as an ultraviolet curable sealing agent for cell formation. Match. The panel for a display device with a support obtained here is also referred to as “panel with support z1” below. The panel with support z1 is in a state where liquid crystal is not yet sealed.
 次に、支持体付きパネルz1の液晶注入孔をシールする。例えば紫外線硬化型水溶性シール剤等を用いて、その外側をさらにシールしてもよい。
 そして、シールした後の支持体付きパネルz1を本発明の製造方法における剥離工程に供する。具体的には本発明の剥離装置である剥離装置1または剥離装置11におけるステージ20に、剥離される支持体が付いた主面が上、それと反対の主面が下となるように固定し、薄板ガラス基板の第1主面と樹脂層の密着界面の端部の任意の箇所にナイフを挿入し、隙間を形成する。そして、支持体における支持ガラス基板の第2主面に複数の吸着パッドを吸着して保持し、上方向(剥離方向)に移動させることで、支持体と薄板ガラス基板とを剥離して分離することができる。
 次に、支持体付きパネルz1の上下を入れ替えて同様に処理することで、2つの支持体を剥離することができる。
 このようにして得られた表示装置用パネルを、以下では「パネルw1」ともいう。剥離して分離した2つの支持体は別の支持体付パネルの製造に再利用することができる。
Next, the liquid crystal injection hole of the support-equipped panel z1 is sealed. For example, the outer side may be further sealed using an ultraviolet curable water-soluble sealant or the like.
And the panel z1 with a support after sealing is used for the peeling process in the manufacturing method of this invention. Specifically, the stage 20 in the peeling apparatus 1 or the peeling apparatus 11 which is the peeling apparatus of the present invention is fixed so that the main surface with the support to be peeled is on the top and the opposite main surface is on the bottom. A knife is inserted into an arbitrary portion at the end of the adhesion interface between the first main surface of the thin glass substrate and the resin layer to form a gap. And by adsorbing and holding a plurality of suction pads on the second main surface of the support glass substrate in the support and moving it upward (peeling direction), the support and the thin glass substrate are peeled and separated. be able to.
Next, two support bodies can be peeled by changing the upper and lower sides of the panel z1 with a support body and processing similarly.
The display device panel thus obtained is also referred to as “panel w1” below. The two supports separated by separation can be reused for the production of another panel with support.
 次に、パネルw1を個別セルに切断する。
 次に、切断した個別セルに液晶を注入し、その後封止して液晶セルを形成する。
 そして、さらに偏光板を付け、バックライトその他を形成して、LCD1を得ることができる。
Next, the panel w1 is cut into individual cells.
Next, liquid crystal is injected into the cut individual cells and then sealed to form a liquid crystal cell.
Then, a polarizing plate is further attached to form a backlight and the like, and the LCD 1 can be obtained.
(ケース2)
 ケース2では、上記のようにして支持体付きパネルxおよび支持体付きパネルyの各々におけるカラーフィルタアレイとTFTアレイとを対向させ、液晶を封入し、その後、セル形成用紫外線硬化型シール剤等のシール剤を用いて貼り合わせる。ここで得られた本発明の支持体付きパネルを、以下では「支持体付きパネルz2」ともいう。
(Case 2)
In case 2, as described above, the color filter array and the TFT array in each of the support-equipped panel x and the support-equipped panel y are opposed to each other, liquid crystal is sealed, and thereafter, an ultraviolet curable sealant for cell formation, etc. Bond together using the sealant. The panel with support of the present invention obtained here is also referred to as “panel with support z2” below.
 次に、支持体付きパネルz2を本発明の製造方法における剥離工程に供する。具体的には本発明の剥離装置である剥離装置1または剥離装置11におけるステージ20に、剥離される支持体が付いた主面が上、それと反対の主面が下となるように固定し、薄板ガラス基板の第1主面と樹脂層の密着界面の端部の任意の箇所にナイフを挿入し、隙間を形成する。そして、支持体における支持ガラス基板の第2主面に複数の吸着パッドを吸着して保持し、上方向(剥離方向)に移動させることで、支持体と薄板ガラス基板とを剥離して分離させることができる。
 次に、支持体付きパネルz2の上下を入れ替えて同様に処理することで、2つの支持体を剥離することができる。
 このようにして得られた表示装置用パネルを、以下では「パネルw2」ともいう。剥離して分離した2つの支持体は別の支持体付パネルの製造に再利用することができる。
Next, the panel with support z2 is subjected to a peeling step in the production method of the present invention. Specifically, the stage 20 in the peeling apparatus 1 or the peeling apparatus 11 which is the peeling apparatus of the present invention is fixed so that the main surface with the support to be peeled is on the top and the opposite main surface is on the bottom. A knife is inserted into an arbitrary portion at the end of the adhesion interface between the first main surface of the thin glass substrate and the resin layer to form a gap. And by adsorbing and holding a plurality of suction pads on the second main surface of the support glass substrate in the support and moving it upward (peeling direction), the support and the thin glass substrate are peeled and separated. be able to.
Next, two support bodies can be peeled by changing the upper and lower sides of panel z2 with a support body, and processing similarly.
The display device panel thus obtained is hereinafter also referred to as “panel w2”. The two supports separated by separation can be reused for the production of another panel with support.
 次に、パネルw2を個別セルに切断する。
 そして、さらに偏光板を付け、バックライトその他を形成して、LCD2を得ることができる。
Next, the panel w2 is cut into individual cells.
Then, a polarizing plate is further attached to form a backlight and the like, and the LCD 2 can be obtained.
(ケース3)
 ケース3では、上記のようにして支持体付きパネルxおよび支持体付きパネルyの各々におけるカラーフィルタアレイとTFTアレイとを対向させ、液晶を封入し、その後、セル形成用紫外線硬化型シール剤等のシール剤を用いて貼り合わせる。そして、支持体とともに個別セルに切断する。ここで切断して得られた支持体付き表示装置用パネルを、以下では「支持体付きパネルz3」ともいう。
(Case 3)
In case 3, as described above, the color filter array and the TFT array in each of the support-equipped panel x and the support-equipped panel y are made to face each other, liquid crystal is sealed, and then an ultraviolet curable sealant for cell formation, etc. Bond together using the sealant. And it cut | disconnects to an individual cell with a support body. The panel for a display device with a support obtained by cutting here is also referred to as a “panel with support z3” below.
 次に、支持体付きパネルz3を剥離工程に供する。具体的には本発明の剥離装置である剥離装置1または剥離装置11におけるステージ20に、剥離される支持体が付いた主面が上、それと反対の主面が下となるように固定し、薄板ガラス基板の第1主面と樹脂層の密着界面の端部の任意の箇所にナイフを挿入し、隙間を形成する。そして、支持体における支持ガラス基板の第2主面に複数の吸着パッドを吸着して保持し、上方向(剥離方向)に移動させることで、支持体と薄板ガラス基板とを剥離して分離させることができる。
 次に、支持体付きパネルz3の上下を入れ替えて同様に処理することで、2つの支持体を剥離することができる。
 このようにして得られた表示装置用パネルを、以下では「パネルw3」ともいう。
 そして、さらに偏光板を付け、バックライトその他を形成して、LCD3を得ることができる。
Next, the panel z3 with a support is subjected to a peeling process. Specifically, the stage 20 in the peeling apparatus 1 or the peeling apparatus 11 which is the peeling apparatus of the present invention is fixed so that the main surface with the support to be peeled is on the top and the opposite main surface is on the bottom. A knife is inserted into an arbitrary portion at the end of the adhesion interface between the first main surface of the thin glass substrate and the resin layer to form a gap. And by adsorbing and holding a plurality of suction pads on the second main surface of the support glass substrate in the support and moving it upward (peeling direction), the support and the thin glass substrate are peeled and separated. be able to.
Next, two support bodies can be peeled by changing the upper and lower sides of panel z3 with a support body, and processing similarly.
The display device panel thus obtained is also referred to as “panel w3” below.
Then, a polarizing plate is further attached to form a backlight and the like, and the LCD 3 can be obtained.
(ケース4)
 ケース4では、上記のようにして支持体付きパネルxおよび支持体付きパネルyの各々におけるカラーフィルタアレイとTFTアレイとを対向させ、セル形成用紫外線硬化型シール剤等のシール剤を用いて貼り合わせる。そして、支持体とともに個別セルに切断する。ここで切断して得られた本発明の支持体付きパネルを、以下では「支持体付きパネルz4」ともいう。支持体付きパネルz4は、未だ液晶を封入されていない状態のものである。
(Case 4)
In case 4, as described above, the color filter array and the TFT array in each of the support-equipped panel x and the support-equipped panel y are opposed to each other and attached using a sealing agent such as an ultraviolet curable sealing agent for cell formation. Match. And it cut | disconnects to an individual cell with a support body. Hereinafter, the panel with a support of the present invention obtained by cutting is also referred to as “panel with support z4”. The panel with support z4 is in a state where liquid crystal is not yet sealed.
 次に、支持体付きパネルz4の液晶注入孔をシールする。例えば紫外線硬化型水溶性シール剤等を用いて、その外側をさらにシールしてもよい。
 そして、シールした後の支持体付きパネルz4を剥離工程に供する。具体的には本発明の剥離装置である剥離装置1または剥離装置11におけるステージ20に、剥離される支持体が付いた主面が上、それと反対の主面が下となるように固定し、薄板ガラス基板の第1主面と樹脂層の密着界面の端部の任意の箇所にナイフを挿入し、隙間を形成する。そして、支持体における支持ガラス基板の第2主面に複数の吸着パッドを吸着して保持し、上方向(剥離方向)に移動させることで、支持体と薄板ガラス基板とを剥離して分離させることができる。
 次に、支持体付きパネルz4の上下を入れ替えて同様に処理することで、2つの支持体を剥離することができる。
 ここで2つの支持体を分離して得られたパネルを、以下では「パネルw4」ともいう。
Next, the liquid crystal injection hole of the support-equipped panel z4 is sealed. For example, the outer side may be further sealed using an ultraviolet curable water-soluble sealant or the like.
And the panel z4 with a support body after sealing is used for a peeling process. Specifically, the stage 20 in the peeling apparatus 1 or the peeling apparatus 11 which is the peeling apparatus of the present invention is fixed so that the main surface with the support to be peeled is on the top and the opposite main surface is on the bottom. A knife is inserted into an arbitrary portion at the end of the adhesion interface between the first main surface of the thin glass substrate and the resin layer to form a gap. And by adsorbing and holding a plurality of suction pads on the second main surface of the support glass substrate in the support and moving it upward (peeling direction), the support and the thin glass substrate are peeled and separated. be able to.
Next, two support bodies can be peeled by changing the upper and lower sides of panel z4 with a support body, and processing similarly.
Hereinafter, the panel obtained by separating the two supports is also referred to as “panel w4”.
 次に、パネルw4のセルに液晶を注入し、その後封止する。
 そして、さらに偏光板を付け、バックライトその他を形成して、LCD4を得ることができる。
Next, liquid crystal is injected into the cell of the panel w4 and then sealed.
Further, an LCD 4 can be obtained by attaching a polarizing plate and forming a backlight and the like.
 以上、本発明の電子デバイスとして、基板の表面(第2主面)に表示装置用部材を有する表示装置用パネルを代表例として説明したが、上述したように、本発明はこれに限定されず、表示装置用部材の代わりに、基板の表面(第2主面)に、太陽電池用部材、薄膜2次電池用部材及び電子部品用回路などの電子デバイス用部材をそれぞれ有する太陽電池、薄膜2次電池および電子部品等の電子デバイスであっても良いことはもちろんである。
 例えば、太陽電池用部材としては、シリコン型では、正極の酸化スズなど透明電極、p層/i層/n層で表されるシリコン層、および負極の金属等が挙げられ、その他に、化合物型、色素増感型、量子ドット型などに対応する各種部材等を挙げることができる。
 また、薄膜2次電池用部材としては、リチウムイオン型では、正極および負極の金属または金属酸化物等の透明電極、電解質層のリチウム化合物、集電層の金属、封止層としての樹脂等が挙げられ、その他に、ニッケル水素型、ポリマー型、セラミックス電解質型などに対応する各種部材等を挙げることができる。
 また、電子部品用回路としては、CCDやCMOSでは、導電部の金属、絶縁部の酸化ケイ素や窒化珪素等が挙げられ、その他に圧力センサ・加速度センサなど各種センサやリジッドプリント基板、フレキシブルプリント基板、リジッドフレキシブルプリント基板などに対応する各種部材等を挙げることができる。
As described above, the display device panel having the display device member on the surface (second main surface) of the substrate has been described as a representative example of the electronic device of the present invention. However, as described above, the present invention is not limited to this. In addition to the display device member, the solar cell having the surface (second main surface) of the substrate, the member for a solar cell, the member for a thin film secondary battery, and the member for an electronic device such as an electronic component circuit, the thin film 2 Of course, it may be an electronic device such as a secondary battery or an electronic component.
For example, as the solar cell member, in the silicon type, a transparent electrode such as positive electrode tin oxide, a silicon layer represented by p layer / i layer / n layer, a metal of the negative electrode, and the like can be cited. And various members corresponding to the dye-sensitized type, the quantum dot type, and the like.
Moreover, as a member for a thin film secondary battery, in the lithium ion type, a transparent electrode such as a metal or a metal oxide of a positive electrode and a negative electrode, a lithium compound of an electrolyte layer, a metal of a current collecting layer, a resin as a sealing layer, etc. In addition, various members corresponding to nickel hydrogen type, polymer type, ceramic electrolyte type and the like can be mentioned.
In addition, as a circuit for an electronic component, in a CCD or CMOS, a metal of a conductive part, a silicon oxide or a silicon nitride of an insulating part, and the like, various sensors such as a pressure sensor and an acceleration sensor, a rigid printed board, a flexible printed board And various members corresponding to a rigid flexible printed circuit board.
 本発明の実施例を説明する。 Embodiments of the present invention will be described.
 初めに、縦720mm、横600mm、板厚0.4mm、線膨張係数38×10-7/℃の支持ガラス基板(旭硝子株式会社製、AN100、無アルカリガラス基板)を純水洗浄、UV洗浄して清浄化した。
 次に、支持ガラス基板上に、無溶剤付加反応型剥離紙用シリコーン(信越シリコーン社製、KNS-320A、粘度:0.40Pa・s、100質量部と白金系触媒(信越シリコーン社製、CAT-PL-56)2質量部との混合物を、縦705mm、横595mmの大きさでスクリーン印刷機にて塗工した(塗工量30g/m)。
 次に、これを180℃にて30分間大気中で加熱硬化して、支持ガラス基板の表面に厚さ20μmのシリコーン樹脂層を得た。
First, a supporting glass substrate (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., AN100, non-alkali glass substrate) having a length of 720 mm, a width of 600 mm, a thickness of 0.4 mm, and a linear expansion coefficient of 38 × 10 −7 / ° C. is washed with pure water and UV washed. And cleaned.
Next, a solvent-free addition reaction type release paper silicone (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone, KNS-320A, viscosity: 0.40 Pa · s, 100 parts by mass and a platinum-based catalyst (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone, CAT) -PL-56) The mixture with 2 parts by mass was coated with a screen printer with a size of 705 mm in length and 595 mm in width (coating amount 30 g / m 2 ).
Next, this was heat-cured at 180 ° C. for 30 minutes in the air to obtain a silicone resin layer having a thickness of 20 μm on the surface of the supporting glass substrate.
 次に、縦715mm、横595mm、板厚0.3mm、線膨張係数38×10-7/℃の薄板ガラス基板(旭硝子株式会社製、AN100、無アルカリガラス基板)のシリコーン樹脂層と接触させる側の面を純水洗浄、UV洗浄して清浄化した後、シリコーン樹脂層と薄板ガラス基板とを室温下真空プレスにて貼り合わせ、ガラス積層体(ガラス積層体A1)を得た。
 なお、樹脂層の形成および薄板ガラス基板の積層は、ガラス積層体の端部に深さ15mmの隙間部が形成されるように行った。
 得られたガラス積層体A1において両ガラス基板は、シリコーン樹脂層と気泡を発生することなく密着しており、ゆがみ状欠点もなく平滑性も良好であった。
Next, the side to be brought into contact with the silicone resin layer of a thin glass substrate (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., AN100, alkali-free glass substrate) having a length of 715 mm, a width of 595 mm, a thickness of 0.3 mm, and a linear expansion coefficient of 38 × 10 −7 / ° C. After the surface was cleaned by pure water cleaning and UV cleaning, the silicone resin layer and the thin glass substrate were bonded together by a vacuum press at room temperature to obtain a glass laminate (glass laminate A1).
In addition, formation of the resin layer and lamination | stacking of the thin glass substrate were performed so that the clearance gap of 15 mm in depth might be formed in the edge part of a glass laminated body.
In the obtained glass laminate A1, both glass substrates were in close contact with the silicone resin layer without generating bubbles, and there was no distortion defect and smoothness was good.
 次に、上記のようにして得たガラス積層体A1とは別に、さらにガラス基板A1を大気中で300℃で1時間加熱処理してガラス積層体A2を得た。ガラス積層体A2の樹脂層の熱による劣化はなく、耐熱性が良好であることが確認できた。 Next, apart from the glass laminate A1 obtained as described above, the glass substrate A1 was further heat-treated in the atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a glass laminate A2. It was confirmed that the resin layer of the glass laminate A2 was not deteriorated by heat and the heat resistance was good.
 次に、ガラス積層体A1およびA2を、以下の剥離試験1~6に供した。 Next, the glass laminates A1 and A2 were subjected to the following peel tests 1 to 6.
<剥離試験1>
 前述の図1を用いて説明した剥離装置1を用いて、多孔質真空吸着プレート上にガラス積層体A1の薄板ガラス基板の第2主面側を固定し、反対面すなわち支持ガラス基板の第2主面側に真空吸着パッド(40mmφ)を吸着して保持した。
 次にナイフ(厚さ:0.10mm、長さ:100mm、幅:10mm、ステンレス製、曲げ剛性A:170N・mm、曲げ剛性B:1,720,000N・mm)をガラス積層体A1の角部(4つの角部のうちの1つ)かつ端面に載置し、ナイフを固定面方向移動ユニットによって樹脂層の表面を僅かに接触させつつ滑らせながら薄板ガラス基板の第1主面との界面に挿入させ、およそ20mm挿入して空隙を形成した。
 次に真空吸着パッドを、支持体付き表示装置用パネルの端部から中央に向けて支持体の剥離の進展に伴って、順番に上昇させた。この時の吸着パッドの引き上げ距離は10mmとした。
<Peel test 1>
The second main surface side of the thin glass substrate of the glass laminate A1 is fixed on the porous vacuum suction plate by using the peeling apparatus 1 described with reference to FIG. 1, and the second surface of the opposite surface, that is, the supporting glass substrate is fixed. A vacuum suction pad (40 mmφ) was sucked and held on the main surface side.
Next, a knife (thickness: 0.10 mm, length: 100 mm, width: 10 mm, made of stainless steel, bending rigidity A: 170 N · mm 2 , bending rigidity B: 1,720,000 N · mm 2 ) is used for the glass laminate A1. The first main surface of the thin glass substrate is placed on the end surface (one of the four corners) and the end surface, and the knife is slid while the surface of the resin layer is slightly in contact with the fixed surface direction moving unit. And was inserted at an interface of approximately 20 mm to form a void.
Next, the vacuum suction pad was raised in order from the end of the display device panel with a support toward the center, along with the progress of the peeling of the support. At this time, the pull-up distance of the suction pad was 10 mm.
 このような剥離試験1においてナイフは、それ自体が変形して、樹脂層の表面に沿うように移動した。そして、支持体と薄板ガラス基板とを損傷することなく剥離することができた。 In such peeling test 1, the knife itself deformed and moved along the surface of the resin layer. And it was able to peel, without damaging a support body and a thin glass substrate.
<剥離試験2>
 前述の図2を用いて説明した剥離装置11を用いて、多孔質真空吸着プレート上にガラス積層体A1の薄板ガラス基板の第2主面側を固定し、反対面すなわち支持ガラス基板の第2主面側に真空吸着パッド(40mmφ)を吸着して保持した。
 次にナイフ(厚さ:0.40mm、長さ:100mm、幅:10mm、ステンレス製、曲げ剛性A:11000N・mm、曲げ剛性B:6,870,000N・mm)をガラス積層体A1の角部(4つの角部のうちの1つ)かつ端面に載置し、ナイフを固定面方向移動ユニットによって樹脂層の表面を僅かに接触させつつ滑らせながら薄板ガラス基板の第1主面との界面に挿入させ、およそ20mm挿入して空隙を形成した。
 次に真空吸着パッドを、支持体付き表示装置用パネルの端部から中央に向けて支持体の剥離の進展に伴って、順番に上昇させた。この時の吸着パッドの引き上げ距離は10mmとした。
<Peeling test 2>
The second main surface side of the thin glass substrate of the glass laminate A1 is fixed on the porous vacuum suction plate using the peeling device 11 described with reference to FIG. A vacuum suction pad (40 mmφ) was sucked and held on the main surface side.
Next, a knife (thickness: 0.40 mm, length: 100 mm, width: 10 mm, made of stainless steel, bending rigidity A: 11000 N · mm 2 , bending rigidity B: 6,870,000 N · mm 2 ) is used for the glass laminate A1. The first main surface of the thin glass substrate is placed on the end surface (one of the four corners) and the end surface, and the knife is slid while the surface of the resin layer is slightly in contact with the fixed surface direction moving unit. And was inserted at an interface of approximately 20 mm to form a void.
Next, the vacuum suction pad was raised in order from the end of the display device panel with a support toward the center, along with the progress of the peeling of the support. At this time, the pull-up distance of the suction pad was 10 mm.
 このような剥離試験2においてナイフは、先端部を中心として回転して後端部が上向に自在移動し、さらにナイフの全体が上方向に移動することで、ナイフが樹脂層の表面に沿うように移動した。そして、支持体と薄板ガラス基板とを損傷することなく剥離することができた。 In such a peeling test 2, the knife rotates about the front end, the rear end moves freely upward, and the entire knife moves further upward, so that the knife follows the surface of the resin layer. Moved. And it was able to peel, without damaging a support body and a thin glass substrate.
<剥離試験3>
 剥離装置11を用いて、多孔質真空吸着プレート上にガラス積層体A1の薄板ガラス基板の第2主面側を固定し、反対面すなわち支持ガラス基板の第2主面側に真空吸着パッド(40mmφ)を吸着して保持した。
 次にナイフ(厚さ:0.10mm、長さ:100mm、幅:10mm、ステンレス製)をガラス積層体A1の角部(4つの角部のうちの1つ)かつ端面に載置し、ナイフを固定面方向移動ユニットによって樹脂層の表面を僅かに接触させつつ滑らせながら薄板ガラス基板の第1主面との界面に挿入させ、およそ20mm挿入して空隙を形成した。ここで挿入は、イオナイザ(キーエンス社製)から除電性流体を当該界面に吹き付けながら行った。
 次に形成した空隙へ向けてイオナイザからは引き続き除電性流体を吹き付けながら真空吸着パッドを引き上げた。その結果、ガラス積層体A1に損傷なく、支持体と薄板ガラスとを剥離できた。剥離した後の薄板ガラス基板の帯電圧は、+0.2kVであった。
<Peeling test 3>
Using the peeling device 11, the second main surface side of the thin glass substrate of the glass laminate A1 is fixed on the porous vacuum adsorption plate, and the vacuum adsorption pad (40 mmφ on the opposite main surface, that is, the second main surface side of the supporting glass substrate). ) Was adsorbed and held.
Next, a knife (thickness: 0.10 mm, length: 100 mm, width: 10 mm, made of stainless steel) was placed on the corner (one of the four corners) and end face of the glass laminate A1, and the knife Was inserted into the interface with the first main surface of the thin glass substrate while sliding the surface of the resin layer slightly in contact with the fixed surface direction moving unit, and was inserted approximately 20 mm to form a void. Here, the insertion was performed while spraying a static eliminating fluid on the interface from an ionizer (manufactured by Keyence Corporation).
Next, the vacuum suction pad was pulled up while spraying a static eliminating fluid continuously from the ionizer toward the formed gap. As a result, the support and the thin glass could be peeled without damage to the glass laminate A1. The charged voltage of the thin glass substrate after peeling was +0.2 kV.
<剥離試験4>
 剥離装置11を用いて、多孔質真空吸着プレート上にガラス積層体A1の薄板ガラス基板の第2主面側を固定し、反対面すなわち支持ガラス基板の第2主面側に真空吸着パッド(40mmφ)を吸着して保持した。
 次にナイフ(厚さ:0.10mm、長さ:100mm、幅:10mm、ステンレス製。)をガラス積層体A1の角部(4つの角部のうちの1つ)かつ端面に載置し、ナイフを固定面方向移動ユニットによって樹脂層の表面を僅かに接触させつつ滑らせながら薄板ガラス基板の第1主面との界面に挿入させ、およそ20mm挿入して空隙を形成した。
 次に、形成した空隙へ向けてトリミングノズル(いけうち社製、1mmφ)から高圧水(2MPa)を吹き付けた。その結果、ガラス積層体A1に損傷なく、支持体と薄板ガラスとを剥離できた。剥離した後の薄板ガラス基板の帯電圧は、+0.2kVであった。
<Peel test 4>
Using the peeling device 11, the second main surface side of the thin glass substrate of the glass laminate A1 is fixed on the porous vacuum adsorption plate, and the vacuum adsorption pad (40 mmφ on the opposite main surface, that is, the second main surface side of the supporting glass substrate). ) Was adsorbed and held.
Next, a knife (thickness: 0.10 mm, length: 100 mm, width: 10 mm, made of stainless steel) is placed on the corner (one of the four corners) and end face of the glass laminate A1, The knife was inserted into the interface with the first main surface of the thin glass substrate while sliding the surface of the resin layer slightly in contact with the fixed surface direction moving unit, and was inserted approximately 20 mm to form a void.
Next, high-pressure water (2 MPa) was sprayed from a trimming nozzle (Ikeuchi 1 mmφ) toward the formed gap. As a result, the support and the thin glass could be peeled without damage to the glass laminate A1. The charged voltage of the thin glass substrate after peeling was +0.2 kV.
<剥離試験5>
 ガラス積層体A2を使用した以外は、上記の剥離試験1と同様の方法で剥離試験4を行った。ガラス積層体A2に損傷無く、支持ガラス基板と薄板ガラス基板とを剥離して分離した。
<Peeling test 5>
Exfoliation test 4 was done by the same method as above-mentioned exfoliation test 1 except having used glass layered product A2. Without damage to the glass laminate A2, the supporting glass substrate and the thin glass substrate were separated and separated.
<剥離試験6>
 ガラス積層体A2を2つ使用し、それぞれの薄板ガラス基板の第1主面側を紫外線硬化性シール剤(積水化学社製)でガラス端部から5mm内側のエリアで線状かつ四角形に塗布後貼り合わせしたものを使用した以外は剥離試験1と同様の方法で剥離試験5を実施した。
 薄板ガラス基板を2枚貼り合わせた積層体、すなわちパネルから、2枚の支持体をパネルを損傷することなく分離することができた。
<Peel test 6>
Two glass laminates A2 were used, and the first main surface side of each thin glass substrate was coated with a UV curable sealant (manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd.) in an area 5 mm inside from the glass edge in a linear and square shape Exfoliation test 5 was carried out in the same manner as exfoliation test 1 except that the bonded ones were used.
It was possible to separate the two supports from the laminate obtained by bonding two thin glass substrates, that is, the panel, without damaging the panel.
<剥離試験7>
 剥離装置1および剥離装置11のいずれも用いずに剥離を行った。
 上記のガラス積層体A1について、ナイフ(刃渡り650mm、1mm厚)を手動でガラス積層体A1の角部かつ端部に載置し、支持ガラス基板の第1主面に形成した樹脂層の表面上を僅かに接触させつつ滑らせながら、薄板ガラス基板の第1主面との界面に挿入し、そのまま移動させて、ガラス積層体A1に損傷無く支持ガラスを薄板ガラスから分離した。分離した後の薄板ガラスの帯電圧は、+10kVであった。
<Peel test 7>
Peeling was performed without using any of the peeling device 1 and the peeling device 11.
About said glass laminated body A1, on the surface of the resin layer formed in the corner | angular part and edge part of glass laminated body A1 with a knife (blade span 650mm, 1mm thickness) manually, and was formed in the 1st main surface of a support glass substrate The glass was inserted into the interface with the first main surface of the thin glass substrate while being slightly slid and moved as it was to separate the supporting glass from the thin glass without damaging the glass laminate A1. The charged voltage of the thin glass plate after the separation was +10 kV.
 実施例2では、基板を厚さ0.1mmのポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂基板に変更した以外は、実施例1と同様に積層体Bを作成し、剥離試験3と同様の試験を行った。その結果、積層体Bに損傷なく、支持体とポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂基板とを剥離できた。剥離した後のポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂基板の帯電圧は、+0.3kVであった。 In Example 2, a laminate B was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the substrate was changed to a polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate having a thickness of 0.1 mm, and a test similar to the peel test 3 was performed. As a result, the support body and the polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate could be peeled without damage to the laminate B. The charged voltage of the polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate after peeling was +0.3 kV.
 実施例3では、基板を厚さ0.1mmの鏡面処理を施したステンレス(SUS304)基板に変更した以外は、実施例1と同様に積層体Cを作成し、剥離試験3と同様の試験を行った。その結果、積層体Cに損傷なく、支持体とステンレス基板とを剥離できた。剥離した後のステンレス基板の帯電圧は、+0.02kVであった。 In Example 3, a laminate C was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the substrate was changed to a stainless steel (SUS304) substrate having a mirror finish with a thickness of 0.1 mm, and a test similar to the peel test 3 was performed. went. As a result, the support and the stainless steel substrate could be peeled off without damaging the laminate C. The charged voltage of the stainless steel substrate after peeling was +0.02 kV.
 実施例4では、支持基板を厚さ1mmのポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂基板に、基板を厚さ0.1mmのポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂基板に変更する以外は、実施例1と同様に積層体Dを作成し、剥離試験3と同様の試験を行うシミュレーション実験を行った。その結果、積層体Dに損傷なく、支持体とポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂基板とを剥離できた。剥離した後のポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂基板の帯電圧は、+0.5kVであった。 In Example 4, a laminate D was prepared and peeled in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the support substrate was changed to a polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate having a thickness of 1 mm and the substrate was changed to a polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate having a thickness of 0.1 mm. A simulation experiment was performed in which the same test as test 3 was performed. As a result, the support and the polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate could be peeled without damage to the laminate D. The charged voltage of the polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate after peeling was +0.5 kV.
 実施例5では、支持基板を厚さ1mm、直径6インチのシリコンウェハ基板に、基板を厚さ0.1mm、直径6インチのシリコンウェハ基板に変更する以外は、実施例1と同様に積層体Eを作成し、剥離試験3と同様の試験を行うシミュレーション実験を行った。その結果、積層体Eに損傷なく、支持体とシリコンウェハ基板とを剥離できた。剥離した後のシリコンウェハ基板の帯電圧は、+0.05kVであった。 In Example 5, the laminated body is the same as in Example 1 except that the supporting substrate is changed to a silicon wafer substrate having a thickness of 1 mm and a diameter of 6 inches, and the substrate is changed to a silicon wafer substrate having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a diameter of 6 inches. A simulation experiment was performed in which E was prepared and the same test as the peel test 3 was performed. As a result, the support body and the silicon wafer substrate could be peeled off without damaging the laminate E. The charged voltage of the silicon wafer substrate after peeling was +0.05 kV.
 実施例6では、支持基板を厚さ1mmのポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂基板に、基板を厚さ0.1mmの薄板ガラス基板に変更する以外は、実施例1と同様に積層体Fを作成し、剥離試験3と同様の試験を行うシミュレーション実験を行った。その結果、積層体Fに損傷なく、支持体と薄板ガラス基板とを剥離できた。剥離した後の薄板ガラス樹脂基板の帯電圧は、+0.2kVであった。 In Example 6, a laminate F was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the support substrate was changed to a polyethylene terephthalate resin substrate having a thickness of 1 mm and the substrate was changed to a thin glass substrate having a thickness of 0.1 mm, and a peel test was performed. A simulation experiment was performed in which the same test as in No. 3 was performed. As a result, the support and the thin glass substrate could be peeled off without damaging the laminate F. The charged voltage of the thin glass resin substrate after peeling was +0.2 kV.
 実施例7では、基板を厚さ0.05mmのポリイミド樹脂基板(東レ・デュポン社製、カプトン200HV)に変更した以外は、実施例1と同様に積層体Gを作成し、剥離試験3と同様の試験を行った。その結果、積層体Gに損傷なく、支持体とポリイミド樹脂基板とを剥離できた。剥離した後のポリイミド樹脂基板の帯電圧は、+0.2kVであった。 In Example 7, a laminate G was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the substrate was changed to a polyimide resin substrate having a thickness of 0.05 mm (manufactured by Toray DuPont, Kapton 200HV). The test was conducted. As a result, the support body and the polyimide resin substrate could be peeled without damage to the laminate G. The charged voltage of the polyimide resin substrate after peeling was +0.2 kV.
 初めに縦350mm、横300mm、板厚0.08mm、線膨張係数38×10-7/℃のガラス基板(旭硝子株式会社製、AN100、無アルカリガラス基板)を薄板ガラス専用の洗浄装置を用いてアルカリ洗剤で洗浄を行い表面を清浄化し、さらに表面にγ-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシランの0.1%メタノール溶液を噴霧し、続いて80℃で3分乾燥させたものを積層用ガラスフィルムとして準備した。一方で、縦350mm、横300mm、板厚0.05mmのポリイミド基板(東レ・デュポン社製、カプトン200HV)の表面をプラズマ処理した物を準備した。そして、先のガラス基板と重ね合わせ、320℃に加熱したプレス装置を用いて両者を積層し、ガラス/樹脂積層基板とした。
 実施例8では、薄板ガラス基板を上記のガラス/樹脂積層基板に変更し、その樹脂基板のガラス基板との積層面と反対側の面を支持体との積層面にした以外は、実施例1と同様に積層体Hを作成し、剥離試験3と同様の試験を行った。その結果、積層体Hに損傷なく、支持体とガラス/樹脂積層フィルム基板とを剥離できた。剥離した後のガラス/樹脂積層フィルム基板の帯電圧は、+0.2kVであった。
First, a glass substrate (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., AN100, non-alkali glass substrate) having a length of 350 mm, a width of 300 mm, a thickness of 0.08 mm, and a linear expansion coefficient of 38 × 10 −7 / ° C. Clean the surface by washing with an alkaline detergent, and spray the surface with a 0.1% methanol solution of γ-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, followed by drying at 80 ° C for 3 minutes to prepare a glass film for lamination did. Meanwhile, a plasma-treated surface of a polyimide substrate (manufactured by Toray DuPont, Kapton 200HV) having a length of 350 mm, a width of 300 mm, and a thickness of 0.05 mm was prepared. And it laminated | stacked on the previous glass substrate, both were laminated | stacked using the press apparatus heated at 320 degreeC, and it was set as the glass / resin laminated substrate.
In Example 8, the thin glass substrate was changed to the glass / resin laminated substrate described above, and the surface opposite to the laminated surface of the resin substrate with the glass substrate was changed to the laminated surface with the support. A laminate H was prepared in the same manner as described above, and the same test as the peel test 3 was performed. As a result, the support and the glass / resin laminate film substrate could be peeled off without damaging the laminate H. The charged voltage of the glass / resin laminated film substrate after peeling was +0.2 kV.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは、当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2009年2月6日出願の日本特許出願2009-026196および2009年8月28日出願の日本特許出願2009-198992に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Although the invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2009-026196 filed on Feb. 6, 2009 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2009-198992 filed on Aug. 28, 2009, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 本発明によれば、基板間へ混入した気泡や塵介等の異物による基板欠陥の発生を抑制し、エッジピットを発生させることなく既存の製造ラインで処理することができ、密着した基板と樹脂層とを損傷することなく、これらを容易かつ短時間に剥離して分離することができる電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。また、そのような電子デバイスの製造方法を実施することができる剥離装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of substrate defects caused by foreign matters such as bubbles and dust mixed between substrates, and to perform processing in an existing production line without generating edge pits. It is possible to provide a method of manufacturing an electronic device that can be easily separated and separated in a short time without damaging the layers. Moreover, the peeling apparatus which can implement the manufacturing method of such an electronic device can be provided.
  1、11  剥離装置
  2 基台部材
  3 第1移動部材本体
  4 第3移動部材本体
  5 第2移動部材本体 
  10  支持体付き表示装置用パネル
  10x  支持体付き表示装置用パネルの端面
  12a、12b  薄板ガラス基板
  16,116,126,136  表示装置用パネル
  17a,17b,117,127,137a,137b 支持体
  18a、18b  樹脂層
  19a、19b  支持ガラス基板
  20  ステージ
  22  多孔質真空吸着プレート
  24  ポンプ
  26  ステージ枠
  30  ナイフ
  30a  ナイフの先端部
  30b  ナイフの中段部
  30c  ナイフの後端部
  40  上下方向移動ユニット
  40a 第2移動側部材
  40b 第2固定側部材
  42  固定面方向移動ユニット
  42a 第1移動側部材
  42b 第1移動側部材
  44  上方向移動機構
  44a 第3移動側部材
  44b 第3固定側部材
  44c ストッパー
  46  三成分力センサー
  50  回転機構
  51  ストッパー
  52  ブランケット
  54  回転軸
  56  ブッシュ
  58  ブランケット
  59  挿入角度調整ユニット
  60  吸着パッド
  61  支持部
  611 アーム
  70  カメラ
  73  ノズル
  75  帯電抑制装置
  θ  挿入角度
  77  バキュームポンプ
  78  電空レギュレータ
  79  バルブ
  82  吸着パッド
  83  エアーポンプ
  84  フレーム
  85  電空レギュレータ
  86  ガイド
  87  電磁弁
  88  エアーシリンダ
  89  ピストン
  90  制御部
  110  支持体付き表示装置用パネル
  112  薄板ガラス基板
  114  表示装置用部材
  118  樹脂層
  119  支持ガラス基板
  120  支持体付き表示装置用パネル
  122  薄板ガラス基板
  124  表示装置用部材
  125  隙間部
  128  樹脂層
  129  支持ガラス基板
  132a、132b  薄板ガラス基板
  134  表示装置用部材
  138a、138b  樹脂層
  139a、139b  支持ガラス基板
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1, 11 Peeling device 2 Base member 3 1st moving member main body 4 3rd moving member main body 5 2nd moving member main body
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 Display device panel with support 10x End surface 12a, 12b of display device panel with support Thin glass substrate 16, 116, 126, 136 Display panel 17a, 17b, 117, 127, 137a, 137b Support 18a, 18b Resin layer 19a, 19b Support glass substrate 20 Stage 22 Porous vacuum adsorption plate 24 Pump 26 Stage frame 30 Knife 30a Knife tip 30b Knife middle stage 30c Knife rear 40 40 Vertical movement unit 40a Second movement side Member 40b Second fixed side member 42 Fixed surface direction moving unit 42a First moving side member 42b First moving side member 44 Upward moving mechanism 44a Third moving side member 44b Third fixed side member 44c Stopper 46 Three component force sensor 5 Rotation mechanism 51 Stopper 52 Blanket 54 Rotating shaft 56 Bush 58 Blanket 59 Insertion angle adjustment unit 60 Suction pad 61 Support part 611 Arm 70 Camera 73 Nozzle 75 Charge suppression device θ Insertion angle 77 Vacuum pump 78 Electropneumatic regulator 79 Valve 82 Suction pad 83 Air pump 84 Frame 85 Electropneumatic regulator 86 Guide 87 Solenoid valve 88 Air cylinder 89 Piston 90 Control unit 110 Display device panel with support 112 Thin glass substrate 114 Display device member 118 Resin layer 119 Support glass substrate 120 Display with support Device panel 122 Thin glass substrate 124 Display device member 125 Gap portion 128 Resin layer 129 Support glass Substrate 132a, 132b thin glass substrate 134 for display device members 138a, 138b resin layer 139a, 139b supporting glass substrate

Claims (18)

  1.  第1主面および第2主面を有し第2主面に電子デバイス用部材を有する基板の第1主面に、第1主面および第2主面を有する支持基板の第1主面に固定された易剥離性を有する樹脂層が密着している支持体付き電子デバイスから、前記支持基板および前記樹脂層からなる支持体を剥離する操作を含む、前記電子デバイス用部材および前記基板からなる電子デバイスの製造方法であって、
     前記支持体付き電子デバイスが有する二つの主面のうちの一方の主面であって、後工程である剥離工程において剥離される支持体が付いていない方の主面を、ステージが備える平面状の固定面へ密着させ、前記支持体付き電子デバイスを前記ステージの固定面上に固定する固定工程と、
     前記ステージの固定面上に固定された前記支持体付き電子デバイスの端面であって、剥離される前記支持体の前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面に、ナイフを挿入し、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとを剥離する剥離工程とを具備する、電子デバイスの製造方法。
    On the first main surface of the substrate having the first main surface and the second main surface and having the electronic device member on the second main surface, on the first main surface of the support substrate having the first main surface and the second main surface It consists of the said member for electronic devices and the said board | substrate including operation which peels the support body which consists of the said support substrate and the said resin layer from the electronic device with a support body which the resin layer which has the fixed easy peelability adhere | attached An electronic device manufacturing method comprising:
    The main surface of one of the two main surfaces of the electronic device with the support, the main surface on which the stage is not provided with a support that is peeled off in a subsequent peeling step, is provided in a planar shape. A fixing step of closely attaching the electronic device with the support onto the fixing surface of the stage;
    An end face of the electronic device with the support fixed on the fixed surface of the stage, and a knife is inserted into an interface between the resin layer and the substrate of the support to be peeled, and the support and the The manufacturing method of an electronic device which comprises the peeling process which peels an electronic device.
  2.  前記剥離工程において、前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面に挿入された前記ナイフが、前記樹脂層および/または前記基板からの作用によって変形することによって、前記ナイフをさらに挿入する方向へ移動させた場合に前記ナイフが前記樹脂層の表面に沿うように移動して、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとを剥離する、請求項1に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。 In the peeling step, the knife inserted at the interface between the resin layer and the substrate is deformed by the action from the resin layer and / or the substrate, thereby moving the knife in a further insertion direction. The method for manufacturing an electronic device according to claim 1, wherein the knife moves along the surface of the resin layer to peel the support and the electronic device.
  3.  前記剥離工程において、前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面に前記ナイフを挿入した後、前記ナイフがその先端部を中心として回転して、後端部が、前記ステージの前記固定面における法線と平行な方向に移動し、さらに前記ナイフの全体も同じ平行な方向および挿入する方向の少なくとも一方に移動することで、前記ナイフが前記樹脂層の表面に沿うように移動して、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとを剥離する、請求項1または2に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。 In the peeling step, after the knife is inserted into the interface between the resin layer and the substrate, the knife rotates about its front end, and the rear end is a normal line on the fixed surface of the stage. The knife is moved along the surface of the resin layer by moving in the parallel direction, and the knife as a whole is also moved in at least one of the same parallel direction and the insertion direction. The manufacturing method of the electronic device of Claim 1 or 2 which peels the said electronic device.
  4.  さらに、前記固定工程の後であって前記剥離工程の前に、剥離される前記支持体の前記支持基板の第2主面に、複数の吸着パッドを吸着させる吸着工程を具備し、
     前記剥離工程が、さらに、前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面に前記ナイフを挿入した後、前記樹脂層と前記基板とを剥がす方向である剥離方向へ前記吸着パッドを移動させて、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとを剥離する工程である、請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。
    Furthermore, after the fixing step and before the peeling step, the second main surface of the support substrate of the support to be peeled, comprising a suction step of adsorbing a plurality of suction pads,
    In the peeling step, after the knife is further inserted into the interface between the resin layer and the substrate, the suction pad is moved in a peeling direction, which is a direction in which the resin layer and the substrate are peeled, and the support body The method for manufacturing an electronic device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the electronic device is a step of separating the electronic device from the electronic device.
  5.  前記剥離工程が、さらに、前記支持基板の第2主面に吸着している複数の吸着パッドの中の、前記支持体付き電子デバイスの端面における前記ナイフを挿入した箇所の最も近くに位置する吸着パッドを、初めに前記剥離方向へ移動させ、次にその隣の吸着パッドを前記剥離方向へ移動させ、その後も同様に、前記剥離方向へ移動させた吸着パッドの隣の吸着パッドを次に前記剥離方向へ移動させる操作を順々に行って、前記支持体を前記ナイフを挿入した端部から中央へ向かう方向に剥離し、さらにその延長線上へ向かって剥離する工程である、請求項4に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。 The peeling step is further performed by the suction located closest to the place where the knife is inserted in the end face of the electronic device with the support among the plurality of suction pads sucked on the second main surface of the support substrate. The pad is first moved in the peeling direction, then the adjacent suction pad is moved in the peeling direction, and thereafter the suction pad next to the suction pad moved in the peeling direction is then The operation of sequentially moving in the peeling direction is a step of peeling the support in the direction from the end where the knife is inserted toward the center, and further peeling toward the extension line. The manufacturing method of the electronic device of description.
  6.  前記剥離工程が、さらに、前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面であって前記ナイフを挿入する箇所を、画像処理により確定する操作を含む工程である、請求項1~5のいずれかに記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。 The process according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the peeling step further includes an operation of determining, by image processing, a position where the knife is inserted at an interface between the resin layer and the substrate. Electronic device manufacturing method.
  7.  前記剥離工程が、さらに、前記支持基板および/または前記基板の任意の箇所に導体を接続してアースをとって帯電抑制しながら、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとを剥離する工程である、請求項1~6のいずれかに記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。 The peeling step is a step of further peeling the support and the electronic device while connecting the conductor to the support substrate and / or any part of the substrate and grounding to suppress charging. Item 7. A method for manufacturing an electronic device according to any one of Items 1 to 6.
  8.  前記剥離工程が、さらに、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとの間に除電用物質を吹き付けて帯電制御しながら、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとを剥離する工程である、請求項1~7のいずれかに記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。 8. The peeling process according to claim 1, wherein the peeling step is a step of peeling the support and the electronic device while spraying a charge-eliminating substance between the support and the electronic device while controlling charging. The manufacturing method of the electronic device in any one.
  9.  前記剥離工程が、さらに、前記ナイフへの負荷加重を検出しながら、前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面に前記ナイフを挿入する工程である、請求項1~8のいずれかに記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。 The electronic device according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the peeling step is a step of further inserting the knife into an interface between the resin layer and the substrate while detecting a load applied to the knife. Manufacturing method.
  10.  前記電子デバイスが、表示装置用パネルである、請求項1~9のいずれかに記載の電子デバイスの製造方法。 10. The method of manufacturing an electronic device according to claim 1, wherein the electronic device is a display device panel.
  11.  第1主面および第2主面を有し第2主面に表示装置用部材を有する基板の第1主面に、第1主面および第2主面を有する支持基板の第1主面に固定された易剥離性を有する樹脂層が密着している支持体付き電子デバイスから、前記支持基板および前記樹脂層からなる支持体を剥離する剥離装置であって、
     前記支持体付き電子デバイスの主面と密着して、前記支持体付き電子デバイスを固定できる平面状の固定面を備えるステージと、
     前記支持体付き電子デバイスから前記支持体を剥離するために用いられるナイフと、
     前記ステージに固定された前記支持体付き電子デバイスの端面における、剥離される前記支持体における前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面に、前記ナイフが挿入されるように、前記ステージの前記固定面における法線と平行な方向である法線方向へ、前記ナイフを移動させる法線方向移動ユニットと、
     前記ナイフを、前記樹脂層と前記基板との間において移動させる固定面方向移動ユニットとを備え、さらに、
     前記ナイフが、前記樹脂層と前記基板との間に挿入された場合に、前記樹脂層の表面に沿って移動するように、前記樹脂層および/または前記基板からの作用によって変形する性質を備える、
     および/または、
     前記ナイフが先端部を中心として回転して前記ナイフの後端部を法線方向に移動させる回転機構および前記ナイフの挿入角度の上下限を設定する挿入角度設定機構を有する挿入角度調整ユニット、ならびに前記ナイフの全体を、前記法線方向に移動させる法線方向移動機構を備える、剥離装置。
    On the first main surface of the substrate having the first main surface and the second main surface and having the display device member on the second main surface, on the first main surface of the support substrate having the first main surface and the second main surface A peeling device for peeling a support made of the support substrate and the resin layer from an electronic device with a support to which a fixed easily peelable resin layer is adhered,
    A stage provided with a planar fixing surface capable of fixing the electronic device with a support in close contact with the main surface of the electronic device with the support;
    A knife used to peel the support from the electronic device with the support;
    In the fixed surface of the stage, the knife is inserted into the interface between the resin layer and the substrate in the support to be peeled, at the end surface of the electronic device with the support fixed to the stage. A normal direction moving unit that moves the knife in a normal direction that is parallel to the normal,
    A fixed surface direction moving unit for moving the knife between the resin layer and the substrate;
    When the knife is inserted between the resin layer and the substrate, the knife is deformed by an action from the resin layer and / or the substrate so as to move along the surface of the resin layer. ,
    And / or
    An insertion angle adjusting unit having a rotation mechanism for rotating the knife about the tip and moving the rear end of the knife in a normal direction, an insertion angle setting mechanism for setting upper and lower limits of the insertion angle of the knife, and A peeling apparatus comprising a normal direction moving mechanism for moving the entire knife in the normal direction.
  12.  さらに、前記ステージの固定面上に固定された前記支持体付き電子デバイスにおける剥離される前記支持体の前記支持基板の第2主面を吸着する複数の吸着パッド、および前記吸着パッドを前記樹脂層と前記基板とを剥がす方向である剥離方向に移動させるパッド移動ユニットを備える、請求項11に記載の剥離装置。 A plurality of suction pads for adsorbing the second main surface of the support substrate of the support to be peeled in the electronic device with the support fixed on the fixed surface of the stage; and The peeling apparatus according to claim 11, further comprising a pad moving unit that moves in a peeling direction that is a direction in which the substrate is peeled off.
  13.  前記パッド移動ユニットが、前記複数の吸着パッドの中の、前記支持体付き電子デバイスの端面における前記ナイフを挿入した箇所の最も近くに位置する吸着パッドを初めに前記剥離方向へ移動させ、次にその隣の吸着パッドを前記剥離方向へ移動させ、その後も同様に、前記剥離方向へ移動させた吸着パッドの隣の吸着パッドを次に前記剥離方向へ移動させる操作を順々に行って、前記支持体を前記ナイフを挿入した端部から中央へ向かう方向に剥離し、さらにその延長線上へ向かって剥離する時間制御機能を備える、請求項12に記載の剥離装置。 The pad moving unit first moves, in the peeling direction, a suction pad located closest to a position where the knife is inserted on the end surface of the electronic device with the support among the plurality of suction pads, Next, move the adjacent suction pad in the peeling direction, and then, in the same manner, sequentially move the suction pad adjacent to the suction pad moved in the peeling direction in the peeling direction, The peeling apparatus of Claim 12 provided with the time control function which peels a support body in the direction which goes to the center from the edge part which inserted the said knife, and also peels it toward the extension line.
  14.  さらに、前記樹脂層と前記基板との界面であって前記ナイフを挿入する箇所を確定するための画像処理装置を備える、請求項11~13のいずれかに記載の剥離装置。 The peeling apparatus according to any one of claims 11 to 13, further comprising an image processing apparatus for determining a position where the knife is inserted at an interface between the resin layer and the substrate.
  15.  さらに、前記支持基板および/または前記基板の任意の箇所に導体を接続して帯電抑制するアースを備える、請求項11~14のいずれかに記載の剥離装置。 15. The peeling apparatus according to claim 11, further comprising a ground for suppressing charging by connecting a conductor to an arbitrary portion of the support substrate and / or the substrate.
  16.  さらに、前記支持体と前記電子デバイスとの間に除電用物質を吹き付けて帯電制御する帯電制御装置を備える、請求項11~15のいずれかに記載の剥離装置。 The peeling apparatus according to any one of claims 11 to 15, further comprising a charge control device that performs charge control by spraying a substance for neutralization between the support and the electronic device.
  17.  さらに、前記ナイフへの負荷加重を検出する負荷加重検出装置を備える、請求項11~16のいずれかに記載の剥離装置。 The peeling apparatus according to any one of claims 11 to 16, further comprising a load weight detection device that detects a load weight applied to the knife.
  18.  前記電子デバイスが、表示装置用パネルである、請求項11~17のいずれかに記載の剥離装置。 The peeling apparatus according to any one of claims 11 to 17, wherein the electronic device is a display device panel.
PCT/JP2010/051281 2009-02-06 2010-01-29 Method for manufacturing electronic device and separation apparatus used therefor WO2010090147A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010549454A JP5360073B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-29 Manufacturing method of electronic device and peeling apparatus used therefor
KR1020117007425A KR101311652B1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-29 Method for manufacturing electronic device and separation apparatus used therefor
CN201080002805.XA CN102171745B (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-29 Method for manufacturing electronic device and separation apparatus used therefor

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009-026196 2009-02-06
JP2009026196 2009-02-06
JP2009198992 2009-08-28
JP2009-198992 2009-08-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010090147A1 true WO2010090147A1 (en) 2010-08-12

Family

ID=42542043

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2010/051281 WO2010090147A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-01-29 Method for manufacturing electronic device and separation apparatus used therefor

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5360073B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101311652B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102171745B (en)
TW (1) TWI417939B (en)
WO (1) WO2010090147A1 (en)

Cited By (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102097591A (en) * 2010-11-16 2011-06-15 福建钧石能源有限公司 Flexible thin film solar cell
WO2012157686A1 (en) * 2011-05-18 2012-11-22 旭硝子株式会社 Method for separating multilayer substrate
JP2013055307A (en) * 2011-09-06 2013-03-21 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Peeling device, and manufacturing method of electronic device
KR20130085385A (en) 2012-01-19 2013-07-29 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Peeling device and method for producing electronic device
KR20140083606A (en) * 2012-12-26 2014-07-04 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Desorption apparatus having gap forming unit and method of fabricating lightweight and thin liquid crystal display device using thereof
EP2475021A3 (en) * 2011-01-11 2014-07-09 Nitto Denko Corporation Method for producing organic EL device and substrate for producing organic EL device
JP2014194541A (en) * 2013-02-26 2014-10-09 Nippon Electric Glass Co Ltd Manufacturing method of electronic device
KR20140138452A (en) * 2013-05-24 2014-12-04 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 System for Separating Carrier Substrate and Method of Separating the Same
JP2014235433A (en) * 2013-05-31 2014-12-15 エルジー ディスプレイ カンパニー リミテッド Substrate attachment/detachment device, and method for manufacturing flat panel display using the same
WO2015002030A1 (en) * 2013-07-01 2015-01-08 旭硝子株式会社 Separation origin production device and method
WO2015029806A1 (en) * 2013-08-30 2015-03-05 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Processing apparatus and processing method of stack
WO2015041165A1 (en) * 2013-09-17 2015-03-26 日本電気硝子株式会社 Glass film removal device
JP2015101720A (en) * 2013-11-28 2015-06-04 日東電工株式会社 Method of separating plates
KR20150075388A (en) 2013-12-25 2015-07-03 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Packaging method of substrate with adsorption layer, packaging body and packaging apparatus of substrate with adsorption layer
US20150258767A1 (en) * 2014-03-12 2015-09-17 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Substrate peeling apparatus and method of fabricating device using the same
JP2015179260A (en) * 2014-02-28 2015-10-08 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 Manufacturing method of display device and resin solution for display device
WO2015170210A1 (en) * 2014-05-03 2015-11-12 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Separation apparatus for thin film stacked body
JP2015230898A (en) * 2014-06-03 2015-12-21 旭硝子株式会社 Device and method for peeling laminate and method of manufacturing electronic device
JP2016027671A (en) * 2015-10-14 2016-02-18 東京エレクトロン株式会社 Peeling device, peeling system and peeling method
WO2016072263A1 (en) * 2014-11-06 2016-05-12 オムロン株式会社 Peeling device and peeling method
KR20160101860A (en) 2015-02-18 2016-08-26 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Forming apparatus of peeling start part, and forming method of peeling start part, and manufacturing method of electronic device
US9500890B2 (en) 2013-11-15 2016-11-22 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Method of manufacturing device substrate and display device manufactured using the same
KR20170001600A (en) 2015-06-25 2017-01-04 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Packing method of substrate having suction layer and packing apparatus of substrate having suction layer
WO2017018136A1 (en) * 2015-07-24 2017-02-02 日本電気硝子株式会社 Method for producing glass film, and method for producing electronic device including glass film
US9632337B2 (en) 2013-11-18 2017-04-25 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display panel and a manufacturing device therefor
US9731492B2 (en) 2014-02-04 2017-08-15 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Substrate peeling apparatus and method of peeling substrate using the same
KR20170102240A (en) 2014-12-26 2017-09-08 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Method for creating separation start portion for layered bodies, device for creating separation start portion, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP2017198987A (en) * 2016-04-26 2017-11-02 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Peeling method and flexible device manufacturing method
JP2018025776A (en) * 2016-08-09 2018-02-15 陽程科技股▲ふん▼有限公司 Flexible display, and separation method of carrier substrate
JP2018507543A (en) * 2015-07-08 2018-03-15 浙江中▲納▼晶微▲電▼子科技有限公司Zhejiang Microtech Material Co., Ltd. Wafer peeling device
JP2019023750A (en) * 2010-08-17 2019-02-14 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Method for forming liquid crystal device
WO2019053802A1 (en) * 2017-09-13 2019-03-21 シャープ株式会社 Method for manufacturing display device

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20140004120A (en) * 2010-12-29 2014-01-10 지티에이티 코포레이션 A method and apparatus for forming a thin lamina
KR101941448B1 (en) * 2012-02-29 2019-01-23 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Method of fabricating lightweight and thin liquid crystal display device
KR101935780B1 (en) * 2012-06-01 2019-01-07 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Processing line for fabricating liquid crystal display device
KR101970553B1 (en) * 2012-05-23 2019-08-13 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Method of fabricating lightweight and thin liquid crystal display device
CN103280423A (en) * 2013-05-29 2013-09-04 华进半导体封装先导技术研发中心有限公司 Technology and system for mechanical bonding disassembling
KR102135913B1 (en) * 2013-10-28 2020-07-20 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Clamp and Manufacturing Appratus of Organic Light Emitting Display Device Include the Clamp
JP6122790B2 (en) * 2014-01-24 2017-04-26 東京エレクトロン株式会社 Peeling device and peeling system
JP6548871B2 (en) 2014-05-03 2019-07-24 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Laminated substrate peeling apparatus
JP6354945B2 (en) * 2014-07-11 2018-07-11 旭硝子株式会社 Laminate peeling apparatus, peeling method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6269954B2 (en) * 2014-07-11 2018-01-31 旭硝子株式会社 Laminate peeling apparatus, peeling method, and electronic device manufacturing method
KR102336572B1 (en) * 2015-01-23 2021-12-08 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Substrate desorption apparatus and method for manufacturing display device using threrof
CN105904830B (en) * 2015-02-23 2019-07-16 Agc株式会社 The stripping off device and stripping means of laminated body and the manufacturing method of electronic device
JP6450620B2 (en) * 2015-03-26 2019-01-09 東京応化工業株式会社 Substrate peeling apparatus and substrate peeling method
CN104808362B (en) * 2015-05-14 2018-05-11 苏州市邦成电子科技有限公司 A kind of polarizer stripping device for removing electrostatic
CN107686007B (en) * 2017-08-16 2019-08-20 武汉华星光电半导体显示技术有限公司 Glass substrate separation method and glass substrate separator
US10374161B2 (en) 2017-08-16 2019-08-06 Wuhan China Star Optoelectronics Semiconductor Display Technology Co., Ltd. Glass substrate separation method and glass substrate separation device
CN110890306A (en) * 2018-09-10 2020-03-17 山东浪潮华光光电子股份有限公司 Simple and convenient substrate thinning and unloading method for semiconductor device
CN109926914A (en) * 2019-04-24 2019-06-25 蚌埠中光电科技有限公司 A kind of float glass process TFT-LCD glass surface grinding stripping device
CN112520418B (en) * 2020-12-15 2022-06-24 深圳南玻应用技术有限公司 Glass sheet taking device and method
KR20230012922A (en) * 2021-07-16 2023-01-26 주식회사 엘지에너지솔루션 Support plate and pick and place apparatus having the same
CN117246621B (en) * 2023-11-10 2024-01-23 四川英创力电子科技股份有限公司 Device and method for efficiently stripping gold-plated layer surface protection adhesive tape of circuit board

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH08108966A (en) * 1994-10-07 1996-04-30 Sharp Corp Board separating device
JPH09253979A (en) * 1996-03-25 1997-09-30 Okuma Mach Works Ltd Tool edge position measuring device
JPH10138100A (en) * 1996-11-11 1998-05-26 Mori Seiki Co Ltd Tool position measuring method in nc machine tool, and medium in which program for same method is recorded
JPH10244545A (en) * 1997-03-04 1998-09-14 Canon Inc Mold release method and apparatus
JP2004142878A (en) * 2002-10-24 2004-05-20 Toray Ind Inc Peeling method of flexible film, peeling device and circuit substrate
JP2004191576A (en) * 2002-12-10 2004-07-08 Seiko Epson Corp Device and method for peeling film, and method for manufacturing optoelectronic device
JP2004247721A (en) * 2003-01-23 2004-09-02 Toray Ind Inc Method and apparatus for manufacturing electronic circuit board
JP2004260146A (en) * 2003-02-04 2004-09-16 Toray Ind Inc Method and device of manufacturing circuit board
JP2006113124A (en) * 2004-10-12 2006-04-27 Sharp Corp Device for releasing polarizer and its management method
JP2007072101A (en) * 2005-09-06 2007-03-22 N Tech:Kk Film-peeling device

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI356658B (en) * 2003-01-23 2012-01-11 Toray Industries Members for circuit board, method and device for m
CN100579333C (en) * 2003-01-23 2010-01-06 东丽株式会社 The manufacture method of member for circuit board, circuit substrate and the manufacturing installation of circuit substrate
JP5307970B2 (en) * 2006-01-11 2013-10-02 旭硝子株式会社 Method and apparatus for peeling large glass substrate
JP4666514B2 (en) * 2006-07-20 2011-04-06 リンテック株式会社 Sheet peeling apparatus and peeling method

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH08108966A (en) * 1994-10-07 1996-04-30 Sharp Corp Board separating device
JPH09253979A (en) * 1996-03-25 1997-09-30 Okuma Mach Works Ltd Tool edge position measuring device
JPH10138100A (en) * 1996-11-11 1998-05-26 Mori Seiki Co Ltd Tool position measuring method in nc machine tool, and medium in which program for same method is recorded
JPH10244545A (en) * 1997-03-04 1998-09-14 Canon Inc Mold release method and apparatus
JP2004142878A (en) * 2002-10-24 2004-05-20 Toray Ind Inc Peeling method of flexible film, peeling device and circuit substrate
JP2004191576A (en) * 2002-12-10 2004-07-08 Seiko Epson Corp Device and method for peeling film, and method for manufacturing optoelectronic device
JP2004247721A (en) * 2003-01-23 2004-09-02 Toray Ind Inc Method and apparatus for manufacturing electronic circuit board
JP2004260146A (en) * 2003-02-04 2004-09-16 Toray Ind Inc Method and device of manufacturing circuit board
JP2006113124A (en) * 2004-10-12 2006-04-27 Sharp Corp Device for releasing polarizer and its management method
JP2007072101A (en) * 2005-09-06 2007-03-22 N Tech:Kk Film-peeling device

Cited By (54)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2019023750A (en) * 2010-08-17 2019-02-14 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Method for forming liquid crystal device
CN102097591A (en) * 2010-11-16 2011-06-15 福建钧石能源有限公司 Flexible thin film solar cell
EP2475021A3 (en) * 2011-01-11 2014-07-09 Nitto Denko Corporation Method for producing organic EL device and substrate for producing organic EL device
WO2012157686A1 (en) * 2011-05-18 2012-11-22 旭硝子株式会社 Method for separating multilayer substrate
JP2013055307A (en) * 2011-09-06 2013-03-21 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Peeling device, and manufacturing method of electronic device
KR20130085385A (en) 2012-01-19 2013-07-29 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Peeling device and method for producing electronic device
JP2013147325A (en) * 2012-01-19 2013-08-01 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Peeling apparatus, and method of manufacturing electronic device
KR20140083606A (en) * 2012-12-26 2014-07-04 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Desorption apparatus having gap forming unit and method of fabricating lightweight and thin liquid crystal display device using thereof
KR101992907B1 (en) * 2012-12-26 2019-09-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Desorption apparatus having gap forming unit and method of fabricating lightweight and thin liquid crystal display device using thereof
JP2014194541A (en) * 2013-02-26 2014-10-09 Nippon Electric Glass Co Ltd Manufacturing method of electronic device
KR20140138452A (en) * 2013-05-24 2014-12-04 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 System for Separating Carrier Substrate and Method of Separating the Same
TWI509723B (en) * 2013-05-24 2015-11-21 Lg Display Co Ltd Carrier substrate separating system and method
JP2014228871A (en) * 2013-05-24 2014-12-08 エルジー ディスプレイ カンパニー リミテッド Carrier substrate separation system and separation method
KR102082271B1 (en) 2013-05-24 2020-04-16 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 System for Separating Carrier Substrate and Method of Separating the Same
JP2014235433A (en) * 2013-05-31 2014-12-15 エルジー ディスプレイ カンパニー リミテッド Substrate attachment/detachment device, and method for manufacturing flat panel display using the same
WO2015002030A1 (en) * 2013-07-01 2015-01-08 旭硝子株式会社 Separation origin production device and method
KR20160025525A (en) 2013-07-01 2016-03-08 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Separation origin production device and method
TWI619664B (en) * 2013-07-01 2018-04-01 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Device and method for producing peeling starting point
JP6070968B2 (en) * 2013-07-01 2017-02-01 旭硝子株式会社 Peeling origin creation apparatus and method
JP2021129117A (en) * 2013-08-30 2021-09-02 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Processing device for laminate
JP7295904B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2023-06-21 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Laminate processing equipment
JP2020009768A (en) * 2013-08-30 2020-01-16 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Processing method of stack
US9333736B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2016-05-10 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Processing apparatus and processing method of stack
US9682544B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2017-06-20 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Processing apparatus and processing method of stack
WO2015029806A1 (en) * 2013-08-30 2015-03-05 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Processing apparatus and processing method of stack
JP2015173088A (en) * 2013-08-30 2015-10-01 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Processing device and processing method of laminate
US10442172B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2019-10-15 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Processing apparatus and processing method of stack
WO2015041165A1 (en) * 2013-09-17 2015-03-26 日本電気硝子株式会社 Glass film removal device
JPWO2015041165A1 (en) * 2013-09-17 2017-03-02 日本電気硝子株式会社 Glass film peeling device
US9500890B2 (en) 2013-11-15 2016-11-22 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Method of manufacturing device substrate and display device manufactured using the same
US9632337B2 (en) 2013-11-18 2017-04-25 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display panel and a manufacturing device therefor
JP2015101720A (en) * 2013-11-28 2015-06-04 日東電工株式会社 Method of separating plates
KR20150075388A (en) 2013-12-25 2015-07-03 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Packaging method of substrate with adsorption layer, packaging body and packaging apparatus of substrate with adsorption layer
US9731492B2 (en) 2014-02-04 2017-08-15 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Substrate peeling apparatus and method of peeling substrate using the same
JP2015179260A (en) * 2014-02-28 2015-10-08 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 Manufacturing method of display device and resin solution for display device
US9688062B2 (en) * 2014-03-12 2017-06-27 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Substrate peeling apparatus and method of fabricating device using the same
US20150258767A1 (en) * 2014-03-12 2015-09-17 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Substrate peeling apparatus and method of fabricating device using the same
WO2015170210A1 (en) * 2014-05-03 2015-11-12 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Separation apparatus for thin film stacked body
JP2015230898A (en) * 2014-06-03 2015-12-21 旭硝子株式会社 Device and method for peeling laminate and method of manufacturing electronic device
JP2016088704A (en) * 2014-11-06 2016-05-23 オムロン株式会社 Peeling device and peeling method
WO2016072263A1 (en) * 2014-11-06 2016-05-12 オムロン株式会社 Peeling device and peeling method
KR20170102240A (en) 2014-12-26 2017-09-08 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Method for creating separation start portion for layered bodies, device for creating separation start portion, and electronic device manufacturing method
US10173408B2 (en) 2014-12-26 2019-01-08 AGC Inc. Method for creating separation start portion for layered bodies, device for creating separation start portion, and electronic device manufacturing method
KR20160101860A (en) 2015-02-18 2016-08-26 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Forming apparatus of peeling start part, and forming method of peeling start part, and manufacturing method of electronic device
KR20170001600A (en) 2015-06-25 2017-01-04 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Packing method of substrate having suction layer and packing apparatus of substrate having suction layer
JP2018507543A (en) * 2015-07-08 2018-03-15 浙江中▲納▼晶微▲電▼子科技有限公司Zhejiang Microtech Material Co., Ltd. Wafer peeling device
JP2017024950A (en) * 2015-07-24 2017-02-02 日本電気硝子株式会社 Manufacturing method of glass film and manufacturing method of electronic device including glass film
WO2017018136A1 (en) * 2015-07-24 2017-02-02 日本電気硝子株式会社 Method for producing glass film, and method for producing electronic device including glass film
JP2016027671A (en) * 2015-10-14 2016-02-18 東京エレクトロン株式会社 Peeling device, peeling system and peeling method
JP2017198987A (en) * 2016-04-26 2017-11-02 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Peeling method and flexible device manufacturing method
JP2021140174A (en) * 2016-04-26 2021-09-16 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Manufacturing method for semiconductor device
JP7089092B2 (en) 2016-04-26 2022-06-21 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Manufacturing method of semiconductor device
JP2018025776A (en) * 2016-08-09 2018-02-15 陽程科技股▲ふん▼有限公司 Flexible display, and separation method of carrier substrate
WO2019053802A1 (en) * 2017-09-13 2019-03-21 シャープ株式会社 Method for manufacturing display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20110063800A (en) 2011-06-14
CN102171745B (en) 2014-10-08
JPWO2010090147A1 (en) 2012-08-09
TWI417939B (en) 2013-12-01
TW201039375A (en) 2010-11-01
CN102171745A (en) 2011-08-31
JP5360073B2 (en) 2013-12-04
KR101311652B1 (en) 2013-09-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5360073B2 (en) Manufacturing method of electronic device and peeling apparatus used therefor
JP5949894B2 (en) GLASS LAMINATE, ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD, DISPLAY PANEL MANUFACTURING METHOD, AND DISPLAY PANEL OBTAINED BY THE MANUFACTURING METHOD
JP5500076B2 (en) Glass substrate laminating apparatus and method for producing laminated glass substrate
TWI508863B (en) The manufacturing method and the layered body of the layered body
JP5445663B2 (en) Manufacturing method of electronic device
JP5029523B2 (en) GLASS LAMINATE, PANEL FOR DISPLAY DEVICE WITH SUPPORT, PANEL FOR DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF
JP5024087B2 (en) GLASS LAMINATE, PANEL FOR DISPLAY DEVICE WITH SUPPORT AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING THEM
JP5887946B2 (en) Method for manufacturing electronic device and method for manufacturing glass laminate
WO2010079688A1 (en) Glass laminate and manufacturing method therefor
JP5790392B2 (en) Manufacturing method of electronic device
JP5796449B2 (en) Manufacturing method of electronic device, manufacturing method of carrier substrate with resin layer
WO2010110087A1 (en) Manufacturing method for electronic device
JP5842821B2 (en) LAMINATE, DISPLAY DEVICE PANEL WITH SUPPORT PLATE, DISPLAY DEVICE PANEL, AND DISPLAY DEVICE
JP6003604B2 (en) Laminate processing method, processed laminate
JP6459145B2 (en) Laminate peeling apparatus, peeling method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TWI656967B (en) Glass laminated body, manufacturing method thereof, and manufacturing method of electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201080002805.X

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10738481

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20117007425

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2010549454

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 10738481

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1